TW528848B - Refrigerator - Google Patents

Refrigerator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW528848B
TW528848B TW090118486A TW90118486A TW528848B TW 528848 B TW528848 B TW 528848B TW 090118486 A TW090118486 A TW 090118486A TW 90118486 A TW90118486 A TW 90118486A TW 528848 B TW528848 B TW 528848B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
refrigerator
sound
display
cold air
compartment
Prior art date
Application number
TW090118486A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Hideo Kondo
Michio Kamoshita
Toru Ebihara
Hiroko Oki
Shinichi Uruma
Original Assignee
Hitachi Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2000264489A external-priority patent/JP2002071256A/en
Priority claimed from JP2000261210A external-priority patent/JP3512377B2/en
Application filed by Hitachi Ltd filed Critical Hitachi Ltd
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW528848B publication Critical patent/TW528848B/en

Links

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D29/00Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices
    • F25D29/003Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices for movable devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2317/00Details or arrangements for circulating cooling fluids; Details or arrangements for circulating gas, e.g. air, within refrigerated spaces, not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F25D2317/06Details or arrangements for circulating cooling fluids; Details or arrangements for circulating gas, e.g. air, within refrigerated spaces, not provided for in other groups of this subclass with forced air circulation
    • F25D2317/067Details or arrangements for circulating cooling fluids; Details or arrangements for circulating gas, e.g. air, within refrigerated spaces, not provided for in other groups of this subclass with forced air circulation characterised by air ducts
    • F25D2317/0672Outlet ducts
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2400/00General features of, or devices for refrigerators, cold rooms, ice-boxes, or for cooling or freezing apparatus not covered by any other subclass
    • F25D2400/36Visual displays

Abstract

The subject of this invention is to provide a high quality refrigerator in which the direction of chill being supplied into a refrigeration compartment can be set by a user, and the supplying direction or state, operation state of refrigerator, and the opening/closing state of refrigerator door can be confirmed concretely. The solution of the refrigerator is that the refrigerator comprises an operation indicating section 120 provided on a door 10, a chill direction altering means 700 and a circulation fan 608 provided in a third chill passage 609 in a refrigeration compartment 100. Operation of the chill direction altering means 700 is controlled and the operational state thereof is indicated by operating the operation indicating section 120 provided on the door 10.

Description

528848 A 7 ____B7__ 五、發明説明(2) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 特別是’習知例4中所揭示的,操作面板係被設置於 冷藏室扉上’液晶顯示裝置係被配置於該操作面板的中 央’而用來設定冷藏室、切換室、冷藏室的庫內溫度之複 數個的操作開關則係被設置於該液晶顯示裝置的周圍,該 液晶顯示裝置以及設定開關係被連接在控制裝置上,各區 隔室用操作開關製作成所設定的電冰箱內溫度,而以控制 裝置使壓縮機、風扇、緩衝馬達等等受到控制,將其運轉 狀態分別地顯示在液晶顯示裝置的複數個的區域中,其液 晶顯示裝置的照明只在必要的時間點著而使之亮燈。 又,已知在習知的電冰箱中,有當電冰箱門忘了關 時,會自動地以聲音發出警告音的電冰箱。像這樣的電冰 箱,係被記載於例如日本特開昭60-42577號公報(習知例 5)等等中。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 習知例5的電冰箱,當冷凍室扉或冷藏室扉被打開的 話,扉偵知裝置會啓動而從OR電路輸出,據此從單一脈衝 發生器輸出一個脈衝,藉此會由聲音記憶裝置輸出對應的 話語(例如:「東西太擠了,請注意!」),然後用喇叭來 發出聲音。又,若是冷凍室扉或冷藏室扉持續著被打開著 的狀態的話,藉由脈衝發生器或延遲電路,在經過一定的 時間(大約30秒)之後,利用來自AND電路的輸出,聲音 記憶裝置就會動作,輸出與上述內容不同的話語(例如: 「門現在打開著,請將門關上!」),再用喇叭重複地發出 聲音。然後,當兩扉關閉時,扉偵知裝置就會啓動,消除 掉來自0 R電路的輸出,再使單一脈衝發生器、延遲電路、 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ^ ' -5- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3) 脈衝發生電路的輸入都變成零,重設成最起始的狀態。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 另外,在已知的電冰箱中,有一種是:收納設置在電 冰箱背面的制御基板,藉由使其所被設定的引線短路,就 可以設定成展示機能(習知例6)。作爲將這種引線加以短 路的方法,係事先準備好專用的連接器,插進所被設定的 引線中的方法。 【發明所欲解決之課題】 在前述的習知例1中,若是增加供給到冷藏室的冷空 氣量的話,則收納在該冷藏室裡的食品會有凍結的問題, 要將冷空氣減低供給量後加以供給。因此,無法將被收納 在冷藏室的食品在短時間內冷卻。又,爲了均勻地冷卻冷 藏室,雖然在冷藏室內設置了循環風扇,但是由於裝設在 通氣管上的吹出口是被設在特定的位置固定起來,所以, 例如在電冰箱內放進導致溫度不均的高溫食品時,就沒有 考慮到如何迅速消除這種不均勻的溫度。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,在最近的電冰箱中,隨著操作開關數的增加,複 數個的運轉機能、定時器機能、展示機能、警報機能、鎖 鈕機能等等所成的製品機能變得很複雜,這就使得提升電 冰箱使用上的便利性變得很重要。 可是’在前述的習知例2中,藉由操作顯示部,雖然 可以進行電冰箱運轉狀態的設定以及顯示,但是被顯示的 內容只是槪略性的內容,至於運轉狀態,例如,顯示出電 冰宋街的冷空氣供給狀態等,則完全沒有考慮到。又,在習 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公董) -6- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 知例3中,針對操作顯示部的具體內部構造雖然有所記 載,但是由於沒有針對顯示內容的記載,所以沒有考慮到 運轉狀態等的顯示。 再者,在前述習知例4中,在液晶顯示裝置的複數個 的區域上,雖然係將運轉狀態以必要的時間間距顯示出 來,以提昇使用上的便利性,但是也僅止於提升運轉狀態 的視覺辨認性而已,想只用液晶顯示裝置的顯示來達到提 升使用上的便利性,是有極限的。 又,在前述習知例5中,只是在當忘了關上電冰箱的 門時會用聲音自動地發出警告而已,而不是將複數個的運 轉機能,用複數個的操作按鈕設定來使其發出相關設定的 聲音,也無法提升關於電冰箱的複數個的製品機能之使用 上的便利性。 再者,在習知例6中,爲了設定或解除展示機能,必 須準備專用的連接器,使其被收納在電冰箱背面的控制基 板上的引線予以短路以及其解除都是必要的,這些作業都 非常的麻煩。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此外,在市面上販賣的一部份冷空氣中,雖然搭載著 一面自動變更冷空氣供給方向,一面迅速地消除冷藏室內 不均勻的溫度的技術,但是事實上,若更進一步,藉由使 用者操作其操作部,來設定冷空氣的供給方向,進而從電 冰相外Is視或観察其狀態的技術,則是尙未被考慮到。 因此,本發明的目的,係提供一種可以讓使用者任意 地設定其供給到冷藏室內的冷空氣供給方向,進而可以從 ^纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇><297公釐) ^528848 A7 B7__ 五、發明説明(5) 外面監視或觀察冷空氣的供給方向或供給狀態之電冰箱。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 又,本發明的另一個目的,係提供一種使電冰箱的操 作性提升,並且可以具體地確認電冰箱的動作狀態或電冰 箱門的開閉狀態等之使用便利之優質電冰箱。 【解決課題之手段】 本發明代表性的一個特徵,係裝設有可選擇性地對電 冰箱的冷藏室予以調整冷空氣供給(吹出)方向的冷空氣 風向變更手段,將該冷空氣風向變更手段的冷空氣供給方 向,利用設置在電冰箱的開閉扉外側上的操作部,來選擇 性地加以設定,並且將此時的設定狀態,利用設置在電冰 箱開閉扉外側的顯示部來加以顯示。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,本發明其中一個代表性的特徵,係具備有··被配 置在電冰箱扉前面部上且可設定複數個的機能之複數個操 作開關、和具有用聲音報知複數個的運轉機能的喇叭之聲 音裝置、和根據前述操作開關的設定來控制電冰箱的冷卻 運轉和前述聲音裝置之控制裝置,其中,前述控制裝置係 構成爲:具有:利用前述操作開關,將關於所被設定的各 運轉機能的內容用喇叭報知而加以控制之聲音控制手段。 【發明的實施.形態】 以下,關於本發明之電冰箱的實施形態,參照第1圖 到第44圖加以說明。另外,對同一部位、或箭號等具有同 一符號者,省略其重複的說明。 本紙張尺度適用中周國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -8- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 __B7______ 五、發明説明(6) 【第一實施形態】 參照第1圖到第27圖,說明關於本發明之電冰箱的其 中一種實施形態。 首先,參照第1圖到第3圖,說明關於本發明之電冰 箱的結構。第1圖係顯示電冰箱的外觀圖。第1 ( a )圖爲 立體圖,第1 ( b )圖爲打開電冰箱門狀態下的立體圖。又 第2圖係電冰箱的縱剖面圖,第3圖係將門取下時的電冰 箱正面圖。 在第1圖中,以符號1來總括地顯示的就是電冰箱, 係由下所構成:具備開閉門(10 )而被配置在電冰箱的最 上部之冷藏室(100)、和具備拉出門(30)而被配置在冷 藏室(100)的下方之蔬果室(200 )、和具備拉出門(30) 而被並排配置在蔬果室(200 )下方之切換室(300 )、和 具備拉出門(40 )之製冰室(400 )、和具備拉出門(50 ) 而被配置在電冰箱(1 )的最下部之冷凍室(500 )。開閉 門(1 0 ),其中一端側係藉由被安裝在冷藏室(1 00 )的其 中一側的上下之絞鏈部(960 ),而被安裝在冷藏室 (100 )的前面。 又,開閉門(1 〇 ),係具備有:用來進行之前電冰箱 (1 )的運轉狀的设疋等之操作部(1 21 )、和被配置有 把手部(11 )而由顯示電冰箱(1 )運轉狀態之顯示部 (1 22 )所構成的操作顯示部。再者,在開閉門(i 〇 )的內 壁面上,被裝設有可裝卸的複數個的收納袋(103)。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)528848 A 7 ____B7__ 5. Description of the invention (2) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) In particular, as disclosed in "Knowledge Example 4, the operation panel is installed on the refrigerator compartment" LCD display device The operation switches are arranged at the center of the operation panel, and a plurality of operation switches for setting the temperature in the refrigerating compartment, switching room, and refrigerating compartment are provided around the liquid crystal display device, the liquid crystal display device, and settings. The open relationship is connected to the control device. Each compartment is made into a set refrigerator temperature with an operating switch. The control device controls the compressor, fan, buffer motor, etc., and displays their operating status separately. In a plurality of areas of the liquid crystal display device, the lighting of the liquid crystal display device is turned on only when necessary. It is also known that there is a refrigerator that automatically emits a warning sound when a refrigerator door is forgotten to be closed in a conventional refrigerator. Such an electric refrigerator is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 60-42577 (known example 5). The refrigerator of Customs Example 5 is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When the freezer 扉 or refrigerator 扉 is opened, the 扉 detection device will start and output from the OR circuit, and output from the single pulse generator A pulse, which will output the corresponding utterance from the sound memory device (for example: "It's too crowded, please pay attention!"), And then use the speaker to make a sound. If the freezer 扉 or refrigerating room 扉 is kept open, a sound generator uses the output from the AND circuit after a certain time (approximately 30 seconds) by a pulse generator or a delay circuit. It will act, output words different from the above (for example: "The door is open now, please close the door!"), And then repeatedly sound with the speaker. Then, when the two cymbals are closed, the cymbal detection device will be activated, eliminating the output from the 0 R circuit, and then making the single pulse generator, delay circuit, and paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297). ^) ^ -5- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (3) The inputs of the pulse generating circuit are all zero and reset to the initial state. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) In addition, one of the known refrigerators is to store the control board installed on the back of the refrigerator, and short the lead wires that have been set. Set to display function (Learning Example 6). As a method for short-circuiting such a lead, a special connector is prepared in advance and inserted into the set lead. [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] In the above-mentioned conventional example 1, if the amount of cold air supplied to the refrigerating compartment is increased, the food stored in the refrigerating compartment may freeze, and the supply of cold air is reduced. Supply after measuring. Therefore, the food stored in the refrigerator cannot be cooled in a short time. In addition, in order to uniformly cool the refrigerating compartment, although a circulation fan is installed in the refrigerating compartment, the air outlet provided on the air duct is fixed at a specific position, so, for example, putting it in a refrigerator causes the temperature to rise. When uneven high-temperature foods, how to quickly eliminate this uneven temperature is not considered. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In recent refrigerators, with the increase of the number of operating switches, multiple operating functions, timer functions, display functions, alarm functions, lock button functions, etc. The function of the product becomes very complicated, which makes it important to improve the convenience of the refrigerator. However, in the above-mentioned conventional example 2, although the operation state of the refrigerator can be set and displayed by operating the display unit, the displayed content is only a rough content. As for the operation state, for example, the power is displayed. The cold air supply status of Bingsong Street was not taken into account at all. In addition, the paper size of the book applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 public directors) -6- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Known examples In 3, although the specific internal structure of the operation display unit is described, since there is no description of the display content, the display of the operation state and the like is not considered. Furthermore, in the above-mentioned conventional example 4, although the operating state is displayed at a necessary time interval in a plurality of areas of the liquid crystal display device to improve the convenience in use, it is only limited to the elevated operation. There is only a limit to the visibility of the state. To use the display of the liquid crystal display device to improve the convenience of use. Moreover, in the above-mentioned conventional example 5, only when the door of the refrigerator is forgotten to be closed, a warning is automatically issued with a sound, instead of setting a plurality of operating functions and making them emit by using a plurality of operation buttons. The sound of the related settings cannot improve the convenience of use of the functions of the plurality of refrigerators. In addition, in the conventional example 6, in order to set or release the display function, it is necessary to prepare a dedicated connector so that the lead wire stored on the control substrate on the back of the refrigerator is short-circuited and the release thereof is necessary. These operations are necessary. It's very troublesome. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Some cold air sold in the market is equipped with a technology that automatically changes the direction of cold air supply and quickly eliminates uneven temperature in the refrigerator. However, the fact is that In the above, if the user further operates the operation part to set the supply direction of the cold air, and then observes or observes the state from the electric ice phase Is, it is not considered. Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a user that can arbitrarily set a cold air supply direction to be supplied to a refrigerating compartment, and further, can apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 > <; 297 mm) ^ 528848 A7 B7__ 5. Description of the invention (5) A refrigerator that monitors or observes the supply direction or supply state of cold air from the outside. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) Another object of the present invention is to provide a refrigerator with improved operability, and it can specifically confirm the operation state of the refrigerator or the opening and closing state of the refrigerator door. And so easy to use high quality refrigerator. [Means for solving the problem] A representative feature of the present invention is a cold air wind direction changing means capable of selectively adjusting a cold air supply (blow-out) direction of a refrigerator compartment, and changing the cold air wind direction The cold air supply direction of the means is selectively set by an operation portion provided on the outside of the opening and closing 扉 of the refrigerator, and the setting state at this time is displayed by a display portion provided on the outside of the opening and closing 扉 of the refrigerator. . Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. One of the representative features of the present invention is: a plurality of operation switches provided on the front part of the refrigerator and capable of setting a plurality of functions; and The sound device for announcing a plurality of operating horns by sound, and the control device for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the sound device according to the setting of the operation switch, wherein the control device is configured to include: using the operation The switch is a sound control means that notifies the content of each set operating function with a horn and controls it. [Embodiments of the Invention] Embodiments of the refrigerator of the present invention will be described below with reference to Figs. 1 to 44. It should be noted that the same parts, or arrows, and the like have the same symbols, and redundant descriptions are omitted. This paper size applies the Mid-week National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -8- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 __B7______ 5. Description of the invention (6) [First embodiment] Refer to the first Figures 27 to 27 illustrate one embodiment of the refrigerator according to the present invention. First, the structure of the electric refrigerator of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 1 to 3. FIG. 1 is an external view of a refrigerator. Figure 1 (a) is a perspective view, and Figure 1 (b) is a perspective view in a state where the refrigerator door is opened. Fig. 2 is a longitudinal sectional view of the refrigerator, and Fig. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator when the door is removed. In the first figure, the refrigerator is shown by the symbol 1 in its entirety, and is composed of a refrigerator compartment (100) provided with an opening and closing door (10) and arranged at the top of the refrigerator, and a pull-out door (30) A fruit and vegetable room (200) arranged below the refrigerating compartment (100), and a switch room (300) provided with a pull-out door (30) and arranged side by side under the fruit and vegetable room (200), and a pull-out door (40), an ice-making chamber (400), and a freezing chamber (500) provided with a pull-out door (50) and arranged at the lowest part of the refrigerator (1). One of the opening and closing doors (10) is installed in front of the refrigerating compartment (100) by a hinge portion (960) mounted on one side of the refrigerating compartment (100). The opening and closing door (10) is provided with an operation section (1 21) for performing the operation-like setting of the refrigerator (1), and a handle section (11) is provided to display the electric power. An operation display part constituted by a display part (1 22) of a refrigerator (1) operating state. Furthermore, a plurality of detachable storage bags (103) are mounted on the inner wall surface of the opening and closing door (i 0). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

-9 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 再第2圖中,用2來表示電冰箱的筐體,箧體(2), 係在鋼板製的外箱和樹脂製的內箱之間,藉由將隔熱材發 泡充塡來形成。又,即使是開閉門(10 )以及拉出門 (20 ) 、( 30 ) 、( 40 ) 、( 50 ),也具備和筐體(2 )相 同的結構。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在冷凍室(500 )的後方,裝備有:被裝設在與該冷凍 室(500 )的內壁面相對的位置上,在內部具有壓縮機 (601)之機械室(602 );和被設置在機械室(602 )的上 方,從冷凍室(500 )的後方起,到切換室(300 )以及對 向於製冰室(400 )的內壁面的位置止之第一冷卻室 (660 );和被設置在蔬果室(200 )的後方,對向於該蔬 果室(200 )內壁面位置之第二冷卻室(670 );和將從第 一冷卻室所供給的冷空氣供給到冷凍室(500 )和切換室 ( 300 )以及製冰室( 400 )上之第一冷空氣通路( 606 ); 和被配置在第二冷卻室(670 )上方,將第二冷卻室 (670 )所供給的冷空氣供給到冷藏室(100 )之第二冷空 氣通路;和使供給到冷藏室(1 00 )的冷空氣,在冷藏室 (100 )內循環之循環風扇(608 );和藉由該循環風扇, 將被循環的冷空氣供給到冷藏室(1 00 )內之第三冷空氣通 路(609)。 第一冷空氣通路(606),係將冷空氣導引到冷凍室 (5 00 )上,並且被分歧形成爲:具備有將冷空氣供給到冷 凍室(500 )的吹出口 ( 619 ) 、 ( 620 )之分歧通路 (606a );和將冷空氣導引到製冰室(400 )之分歧通路 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) — 〜 - -10- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 _____ B7 五、發明説明(8) (606b );和將冷空氣導引到切換室(3〇〇 )之分歧通路 (606c )(參照第5圖)。在分歧通路(606c )中,被裝設 有用來調節其供給到切換室(300 )的冷空氣量之冷空氣量 分配器(612 )(參照第5圖),該冷空氣量分配器 (612) ’係被定位於切換室(300 )的後方。 第二冷空氣通路(607 ),係如第3圖所示,由被分歧 形成於冷藏室(100 )背面壁後方兩側之分歧通路 (607a )、( 607b )所形成。在冷藏室(1〇〇 )的背面壁 上’被形成有:將被導引至分歧通路( 607a) 、( 607b)的 冷空氣’吹出到冷藏室(1〇〇),之複數個的吹出口 (611 )。在本實施形態中,複數個的吹出口( 611 ),係 由被形成於冷藏室(1〇〇 )背面壁上的四個吹出口 (611a) 、(611b) 、(611c) 、(611d)所構成。 又’第三冷空氣通路(609 ),係具備有:被形成於分 歧通路( 607a) 、( 607b)之間的循環風扇( 608 )和被配 置於其上的冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )(參照第2圖)。 該冷空氣風向變更手段(700 ),係被製作成:將導引自循 環風扇( 608 )的冷空氣,透過複數個的吹出口(61〇), 供給到冷藏室(1 〇〇 )中,藉由操作顯示部(12〇 )的操 作,改變被供給到冷藏室(1 〇〇 )內的冷空氣的風向。另 外’關於該冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )的結構,將留待後 述。又,在本實施形態中,複數個的吹出口( 6 1 0 ),係由 四個吹出口(610a) 、(610b) 、(610c) 、(610d)所構 成0 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)-9-528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (7) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Then in the second figure, use 2 to indicate the refrigerator case, the carcass (2), which is attached to The outer box made of a steel plate and the inner box made of a resin are formed by foaming and filling a heat insulating material. Moreover, even the opening and closing door (10) and the pull-out door (20), (30), (40), (50) have the same structure as the casing (2). The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed at the rear of the freezing chamber (500) and is equipped with: installed on a position opposite to the inner wall surface of the freezing chamber (500), A machine room (602); and located above the machine room (602), starting from the rear of the freezing room (500), to the switching room (300), and facing the inner wall surface of the ice-making room (400) A first cooling chamber (660); and a second cooling chamber (670) disposed behind the vegetable and fruit chamber (200) and facing the inner wall surface of the vegetable and fruit chamber (200); and The supplied cold air is supplied to the first cold air passage (606) on the freezing chamber (500) and the switching chamber (300) and the ice-making chamber (400); and is arranged above the second cooling chamber (670), The cold air supplied from the two cooling chambers (670) is supplied to the second cold air passage of the refrigerating chamber (100); and the circulation fan circulating the cold air supplied to the refrigerating chamber (100) in the refrigerating chamber (100) (608); and the circulating cold air is supplied into the refrigerating compartment (100) by the circulation fan The third cold air passage (609). The first cold air passage (606) guides cold air to the freezing chamber (500), and is divided into two parts: a blower outlet (619) for supplying cold air to the freezing chamber (500), ( 620) branch path (606a); and branch path that guides cold air to the ice-making chamber (400). This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) — ~--10- Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative 528848 A7 _____ B7 V. Description of the invention (8) (606b); and the divergent path (606c) that directs cold air to the switching room (300) (refer to Figure 5). In the branch passage (606c), a cold air amount distributor (612) (see FIG. 5) for adjusting the amount of cold air supplied to the switching chamber (300) is installed, and the cold air amount distributor (612 ) 'Is positioned behind the switching chamber (300). The second cold air passage (607) is formed by branch passages (607a) and (607b) formed on the two sides behind the rear wall of the refrigerating compartment (100) as shown in FIG. On the back wall of the refrigerating compartment (100), 'formed with: cold air guided to the branch paths (607a), (607b)' is blown out to the refrigerating compartment (100), and a plurality of blowing Exit (611). In this embodiment, the plurality of blowing outlets (611) are formed by four blowing outlets (611 a), (611 b), (611 c), and (611 d) formed on the back wall of the refrigerating compartment (100). Made up. The third cold air passage (609) includes a circulation fan (608) formed between the branch passages (607a) and (607b), and a cold air wind direction changing means (700). (See Figure 2). This cold air wind direction changing means (700) is made to supply cold air guided from a circulation fan (608) to a plurality of blowout ports (61) and supply them to a refrigerating compartment (100). By the operation of the operation display unit (120), the wind direction of the cold air supplied into the refrigerating compartment (100) is changed. The structure of the cold air wind direction changing means (700) will be described later. In addition, in this embodiment, the plurality of blowing outlets (6 1 0) are composed of four blowing outlets (610a), (610b), (610c), and (610d). (CNS) A4 size (210X 297mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

-11 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 __B7 _ 五、發明説明(9) 回到第2圖,第一冷卻室(660 ),係具備有:在最下 部被設有冷凝水盤(614),在冷凝水盤(614)的上部, 將所生成的冷空氣供給到切換室(300 )以及製冰室 (400 )、冷凍室(500 )之第一熱交換器(661);和將以 第一熱交換器(661)所生成的冷空氣,送風至切換室 (3 00 )以及製冰室(400 )、冷凍室(500 )之第一送風風 扇(662 ):而第一熱交換器(661 )和第一送風風扇 (662 ),係被縱積配置著。又,第一冷卻室(660 ),係 具備有:將供給到切換室(300 )以及製冰室(400 )、冷 凍室(500 )的冷空氣,送回到第一冷卻室(660 ),之冷 空氣送回口( 690) 〇 在第一冷卻室(660)的上方,係具備有:將所生成的 冷空氣供給到冷藏室(100 ))之第二熱交換器(671 ); 和將以第二熱交換器(67 1 )所生成的冷空氣,送風至冷藏 室(100)之第二送風風扇( 672 );而第二熱交換器 (671 )和第二送風風扇(672 ),係被縱積配置著。又, 第二冷卻室(670 ),係具備有:將被供給到冷藏室 (100 )的冷空氣,送回到第二冷卻室(670 ),之冷空氣 送回口( 629 )。 又,在本實施例中,在筐體(2 )的背面上方,係被裝 設有:用來將具備圖中未示之總括控制電冰箱(1 )的微電 腦控制的電路基板加以安裝之安裝凹部(6 1 7 );和將該安 裝凹部(617)的外側加以覆蓋之套蓋(618)。 如上所示,根據本實施形態,利用將機械室(602 )以 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -12麵 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)-11-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 __B7 _ V. Description of the invention (9) Returning to Figure 2, the first cooling room (660) is equipped with a condensate pan at the bottom (614), in the upper part of the condensate pan (614), supply the generated cold air to the first heat exchanger (661) of the switching chamber (300), the ice making chamber (400), and the freezing chamber (500); and The cold air generated by the first heat exchanger (661) is supplied to the first supply fan (662) of the switching room (3 00), the ice making room (400), and the freezing room (500): and the first heat The exchanger (661) and the first blower fan (662) are arranged vertically. The first cooling chamber (660) is provided with cold air supplied to the switching chamber (300), the ice-making chamber (400), and the freezing chamber (500) and returned to the first cooling chamber (660). The cold air return port (690) above the first cooling chamber (660) is provided with a second heat exchanger (671) that supplies the generated cold air to the refrigerating chamber (100)); and The cold air generated by the second heat exchanger (67 1) is sent to a second air supply fan (672) of the refrigerating compartment (100); and the second heat exchanger (671) and the second air supply fan (672) , The system is arranged longitudinally. In addition, the second cooling chamber (670) is provided with a cold air return port (629) for returning the cold air supplied to the refrigerating chamber (100) to the second cooling chamber (670). Moreover, in this embodiment, above the back surface of the casing (2), it is installed to mount and install a microcomputer-controlled circuit board provided with an overall control refrigerator (1) (not shown). And a cover (618) covering the outside of the mounting recess (617). As shown above, according to this embodiment, the machine room (602) is adapted to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) on this paper scale. -12 sides (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

528848 A7 _B7 五、發明説明(10) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 及冷卻室(660 )、第二冷卻室(670 )、循環風扇 (608 )、冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )等,朝向構成電冰 箱(1 )的各個貯藏室的後方縱向配置,就可以有效率地配 置出進行冷空氣循環的各裝置。 其次,參照第2圖以及第3圖,說明關於構成電冰箱 (1 )的各貯藏室。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在第2圖中,本實施形態中的電冰箱(1 ),係具備 有:被配置在最上部的冷藏室(1 00 );和被配置在冷藏室 (100)下方的蔬果室(200 );和被配置在蔬果室(200) 下方的製冰室(400 );和被配置在最下方的冷凍室 (500 )。又,在第 2圖中雖省略未示,但在蔬果室 (200 )的下方,係被配置有與製冰室(400 )並排的切換 室(300 )。在冷藏室(100 )和冷凍室(200 )之間,被裝 設有分隔室(170 ),在該分隔室(170 )中,被形成有連 絡通路(625 ),用來使被供給到冷藏室(100 )的冷空氣 流進蔬果室(200 )中。該連絡通路625 ),可被製作成 例如:用複數個狹縫狀的開口部來形成,將冷空氣從頂面 降下,注入到蔬果室(200 )內。 在蔬果室(200 )和切換室(300 )、以及與切換室 (3 00 )並排配置的製冰室(400 )之間,在內側被裝設具 有隔熱材料的隔熱分隔壁(6 1 3 ),用來降低在在蔬果室 (200 )和切換室(300 )、製冰室(400 )之間的熱所造成 的影響。 冷藏室(1 00 ),係將電冰箱內溫度被設定在大約+2度528848 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention (10) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) and cooling chamber (660), second cooling chamber (670), circulation fan (608), and means for changing the direction of cold air ( 700), etc., and are arranged longitudinally toward the rear of each storage compartment constituting the refrigerator (1), so that various devices for cold air circulation can be efficiently arranged. Next, the storage compartments constituting the refrigerator (1) will be described with reference to Figs. 2 and 3. Printed in Figure 2 by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The refrigerator (1) in this embodiment includes: a refrigerating compartment (100) arranged at the uppermost part; and a refrigerating compartment arranged in the uppermost part (100) a vegetable and fruit room (200) below; and an ice-making chamber (400) arranged below the vegetable and fruit room (200); and a freezing chamber (500) arranged at the bottom. Although not shown in FIG. 2, a switching chamber (300) is arranged below the vegetable and fruit chamber (200) in parallel with the ice-making chamber (400). Between the refrigerating compartment (100) and the freezer compartment (200), a compartment (170) is installed, and in this compartment (170), a communication passage (625) is formed for supplying the refrigerated compartment The cold air from the chamber (100) flows into the fruit and vegetable chamber (200). The communication path 625) can be made, for example, by forming a plurality of slit-shaped openings, lowering cold air from the top surface, and injecting the cold air into the fruit and vegetable room (200). Between the vegetable and fruit room (200) and the switching room (300) and the ice-making room (400) arranged side by side with the switching room (300), a heat-insulating partition wall (6 1 3) is used to reduce the influence caused by the heat between the fruit and vegetable room (200), the switching room (300), and the ice making room (400). The refrigerator compartment (100) sets the temperature in the refrigerator to about +2 degrees

本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1》 到大約+8度之間,主要是用來收納開封或開罐後必須冷藏 的食品之貯藏室,在該電冰箱內被裝設有複數個的分隔棚 (101) 以及可變棚(104)、固定棚(1〇5)。又,在冷藏 室(1〇〇 )的庫內下部上,使冷藏室(100 )被加以區劃, 被裝設有冰溫冷凍室(1 50 ),其在內部具備有可以朝前後 方向拉出的收納托盤(151 )。該冰溫冷凍室(150 ),係 可設定成:適於豆腐或乳製品、冷凍食品等的收納之大約 +1度之庫內溫度,和適於鮮魚或瘦肉、其他加工品等的收 納之大約-1度之庫內溫度的溫度範圍。又,在冰溫冷凍室 (150 )的其中一側上,自動製冰裝置用的給水槽 (102) ,係與前述冰溫冷凍室(150)並排設置。 上述複數個的分隔棚(101 )及可變棚(104)、固定 棚(1 05 )、被配置在開閉門(1 0 )內壁上的複數個的收納 袋(103 )、被配置在電冰箱內最下部的冰溫冷凍室 (1 50 ),係於開閉門(1 0 )被關閉的狀態下,構成爲被密 閉的冷藏室(100 )的收納空間。然後,將冰溫冷凍室 (1 50 )上方所形成的收納空間,利用複數個的分隔棚 (101 )及可變棚(104 )、固定棚(105 ),加以分隔開 來。又,在本實施形態中,藉由將複數個的分隔棚(101 ) 改放在冷藏室(100)內側面所設的棚承放部(101a)不同 的位置,而可以改變由複數個的分隔棚(1 0 1 )所隔開的收 納空間的高度。 再者,冷藏室(100),如第3圖所示,在第二冷空氣 通路(607 )和第三冷空氣通路(609 )之間,係被設有一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (1 "to about +8 degrees, it is mainly used to store unopened or cans that must be refrigerated A food storage room is provided with a plurality of partition sheds (101), variable sheds (104), and fixed sheds (105) in the refrigerator. In addition, a storage in a refrigerator (100) A refrigerating compartment (100) is partitioned on the inner lower part, and an ice-temperature freezing compartment (150) is installed, and a storage tray (151) is provided in the interior and can be pulled out in the front-rear direction. The ice-temperature freezing compartment (150), which can be set to a temperature of about +1 degrees suitable for storage of tofu or dairy products, frozen foods, etc., and about -1 degree suitable for storage of fresh fish or lean meats, other processed products, etc. The temperature range of the temperature in the library. On one side of the ice temperature freezing chamber (150), a water supply tank (102) for an automatic ice making device is arranged side by side with the ice temperature freezing chamber (150). A plurality of partition sheds (101), variable sheds (104), fixed sheds (1 05), and are arranged in opening and closing A plurality of storage bags (103) on the inner wall of the door (10) and an ice-temperature freezer (1 50) arranged at the bottom of the refrigerator are connected in a state where the opening and closing door (1 0) is closed, The storage space is formed as a closed refrigerating compartment (100). Then, the storage space formed above the ice-temperature freezing compartment (1 50) is fixed by a plurality of partition sheds (101) and variable sheds (104). The shed (105) is separated. In this embodiment, a plurality of divided sheds (101) are placed on a shed receiving portion (101a) provided on the inner side of the refrigerating compartment (100). Different positions, the height of the storage space separated by the plurality of partition sheds (1001) can be changed. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 3, the refrigerating compartment (100) is located in the second cold air passage ( 607) and the third cold air path (609), there is a paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -14- 528848 A7 _ B7_ 五、發明説明( (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 對照明裝置(110 )。該照明裝置(110 ),由於是被配置 在冷藏室(100)裡面上下方向上的約略中央的位置上,所 以可以有效地照設冷藏室(1 00 )的內部。再者,照明裝置 (110),其前方係由不透明的透光素材所形成的前面面板 (112 )所覆蓋,又,將分隔棚(101 )以及冰溫冷凍室 (150)的天板用透明素材來形成,所以連冷藏室(100) 的角落都可以照射到。 另外,在本實施形態中,主要是將用來收納開封•開 罐後必須冷藏的食品之冷藏室(100 )的收納容量,作爲構 成電冰箱(1)的各貯藏室中的最大收納容積(VR)。 蔬果室(200 ),係被設定成大約+3度的庫內溫度,連 同拉出門(20),透過拉出機構(950),被裝設有可以在 前後方向上移動的蔬果室收納盒(201 )。又,蔬果室 (200 ),雖然主要是用來作爲蔬果的收納,但是也可以成 爲用來收納寶特瓶裝等的貯藏室。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 蔬果室收納盒(210),係由被裝設在拉出門(20)上 的拉出機構(950 )所支撐的第一蔬果室收納盒(202 ), 和以可移動地被裝設在第一蔬果室收納盒(202 )上部後方 之第二蔬果室收納盒(203 )所構成的。然後,在拉出門 (20 )被關閉的狀態下,第一蔬果室收納盒(202 )和第二 蔬果室收納盒(203 ),構成爲蔬果室(200 )內的密閉收 納空間。第二蔬果室收納盒(203 ),係被裝設成:其上方 位於開放的第一蔬果室收納盒(202 )上部後方,並且將收 納空間(204 )形成於第一蔬果室收納盒(202 )內部的前 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐] " ~ " -15- 528848 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明( (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 方。再者,第二蔬果室收納盒(203 ),可與第一蔬果室收 納盒(202 )的移動形成連動,或者是當拉出門(20 )打開 的狀態下獨立,而在第一蔬果室收納盒(202 )的上部緣體 上被裝設成可滑移的形式。 藉由製作成這種結構,由於拉出了拉出門(20 )時第 一蔬果室收納盒(202 )就會被拉開,所以可以將食品移出 置入,進而可以將第一蔬果室收納盒(202 )從拉出門 (20 )取下來淸理。又,在關閉拉出門(20 )的狀態下, 由於可以確保在第一蔬果室收納盒(202 )前方的收納空間 (204 ),所以可以將所收納的蔬果等食品按照大小分別收 納,達到維持蔬果等食品新鮮度的目的,並且可以提高收 納性。另外,這種蔬果室(200 ),係具備有貯藏室等級中 第二大的收納空間(VV)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 製冰室(400 ),係被設定成大約-18度的庫內溫度, 爲用來製冰和保持冰塊的貯藏室,係具備有:被裝設在庫 內的自動製冰裝置(參照第21圖);和在下方承接所製的 冰塊,並保持冰塊之冰收納盒(402 )。冰收納盒 (402 ),係透過拉出門(20)連同拉出機構(950 ),被裝 設成可以在前後方向上移動。另外,自動製冰裝置並沒有 特別裝設的必要,可製作成在製冰室(400 )裡面上部設收 納棚,於該棚上裝設製冰盤亦無妨。 冰收納盒(402 ),係被構成爲:在拉出門(40 )被拉 開的狀態下,也被隨之拉開,在拉出門(40 )被關閉的狀 態下,則成爲被密閉的.製冰室(400 )的收納空間。另外’ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -16- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(Μ 製冰室(400 ),由於係作爲製冰專用,所以具備貯藏室等 級中最小的收納容積(VI )。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 冷凍室(500 ),係被設定成大約-18度的庫內溫度, 主要是用來收納冷凍食品的貯藏室,透過拉出門(20 )連 同拉出機構(950 ),冷凍室收納盒(501 )被裝設成可以 在前後方向上移動。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 冷凍室收納盒(501 ),係由:被安裝在設於拉出門 (50 )上的拉出機構(950 ),上方開放的的第一冷凍室收 納盒(502 ):和以可移動地裝設在第一冷凍室收納盒 (502 )上部後方之第二冷凍室收納盒(503 )所構成的。 然後,在拉出門(50 )被關閉的狀態下,第一冷凍室收納 盒(502 )和第二冷凍室收納盒(503 ),會構成爲冷凍室 (500 )所被密閉收納的空間。第二冷凍室收納盒 (503 ),係位於第一冷凍室收納盒(502 )的上部後方, 隨著第一冷凍室收納盒(502 )的移動而連動,或者是在拉 出門(50 )開著的狀態下獨立,而在第一冷凍室收納盒 (5 02 )的上部緣體上被裝設成可滑移的形式。又,在第二 冷凍室收納盒(503 )上,在其底面鋪設熱傳導率良好的金 屬板,主要是作爲用來收納使用頻率高的冷凍食品的空 間。 利用這種兩段構造,若是將使用頻率低的庫存食品收 納在第一冷凍室收納盒(502 ),將使用頻率高的食品收納 在第二冷凍室收納盒(503 )的話,則由於在一般人最高的 姿勢下,可以將收納在第二冷凍室收納盒(503 )的食品取 本^張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210父297公^1 "~ -17- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1今 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 出或放入,所以可以提昇冷凍室(500 )的使用便利性。另 外,冷凍室(500 ),係具備有貯藏室等級和前述蔬果室 (200 )大致同等大小的收納容積(VF )。 切換室(300 ),係可被設定成自冷藏室(1〇〇 )的庫 內溫度到冷凍室(500 )的庫內溫度,也就是大約+8度到-1 8度範圍的庫內溫度之貯藏室,藉由可自由地設定庫內溫 度,可以收納從冷藏食品到冷凍食品之廣泛範圍的食品。 切換室(100 )上,透過拉出門(20 )連同拉出機構 (950 ),收納盒(301 )(參照第1圖)被裝設成可以在 前後方向上移動。 收納盒(30 1 ),係被構成爲:在拉出門(30 )被拉開 的狀態下,也被隨之拉開,在拉出門(30 )被關閉的狀態 下,則成爲被密閉的切換室(300 )的收納空間。該切換室 (300 ),係具備有第四大的貯藏室等級之收納容積 (VS ) 〇 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 在本實施形態中的電冰箱,係設定爲:整體的收納容 積(V )爲470L,冷藏室(100 )的收納容積(VR )爲 243L,蔬果室(200 )的收納容積(VV )爲103L,切換室 (300 )的收納容積爲26L,製冰室(400 )的收納容積 (VI)爲13L,冷凍室(500 )的收納容積(VF)爲85L。 其次,參照第4圖,說明關於本實施形態的電冰箱外 觀結構。第4圖係顯示電冰箱的外觀圖,第4 ( a )圖係正 面圖,第4 ( b )圖係左側面圖,第4 ( c )圖係平面圖。如 上所述,關於該實施形態的電冰箱(1 ),係將使用頻率最 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -18 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 B7 _ 五、發明説明( 高的冷藏室(100 )配置在最上部,將蔬果室(200 )配置 在冷藏室(100 )的下部,在蔬果室(200 )的下部’分別 並排配置切換室(300 )和製冰室(400 ),在切換室 (3 00 )和製冰室(400 )的下部,換言之,在電冰箱的最 下部,配置有冷凍室(500 )。藉由這種配置,由於是沿用 電冰箱實際使用狀態之貯藏室的配置,所以不必改變取用 的姿勢就可以進行食品的取出或置入。 又,關於本實施形態的電冰箱,爲了實現符合使用者 體型的電冰箱,所以從該電冰箱所放置的地板(F )起,將 高度設定爲:到電冰箱上端部爲止的高度爲Η 1 ’到蔬果室 (200 )的拉出門(20 )的上端部爲止的高度爲Η2,到切換 室( 300 )及製冰室( 400 )的拉出門(30) 、(40)的上端 部爲止的高度爲Η3,到冷凍室(500 )的拉出門(50)的上 端部爲止的高度爲Η4,到操作顯示部(1 20 )上端部爲止的 高度爲Η5,到操作顯示部(120 )下端部爲止的高度爲 Η6,到把手部(11 )下端部爲止的高度爲Η7。 例如,在該實施形態中,係設定成:Η 1爲1 7 9 8 mm, H2 爲 985mm,H3 爲 603mm,H4 爲 396mm,再者,H5 爲 1 587mm,H6 爲 1 375mm,H7 爲 1055mm。又,電冰箱的寬 度爲W,切換室(300 )的拉出門(30)的寬度爲W1,製 冰室(400 )的拉出門(40 )爲W2,朝內部的寬度爲D,例 如,在該實施形態中,係設定成:W爲675mm,W1爲 420mm,W2 爲 250mm,D 爲 650mm。 根據本實施形態,係將到蔬果室(200 )上端部爲止的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 一 ~ -19- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the 1T-14- 528848 A7 _ B7_ V. Description of the invention ((Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The lighting device (110). The lighting device (110) Since it is arranged at a position approximately at the center in the up-down direction in the refrigerating compartment (100), the interior of the refrigerating compartment (100) can be effectively illuminated. Furthermore, the lighting device (110) has its front part The front panel (112) formed by the opaque light-transmitting material is covered, and the ceiling of the partition shed (101) and the ice-temperature freezer (150) is formed of transparent material, so it is connected to the corner of the refrigerator compartment (100) In addition, in this embodiment, the storage capacity of the refrigerating compartment (100) for storing foods that must be refrigerated after being opened and opened can be used as the storage compartments of the refrigerator (1). The maximum storage volume (VR). The fruit and vegetable room (200) is set to an internal temperature of about +3 degrees. With the pull-out door (20), through the pull-out mechanism (950), it can be installed in the forward and backward direction. Storage of moving fruits and vegetables room (201). Moreover, although the fruit and vegetable room (200) is mainly used for the storage of vegetables and fruits, it can also be used as a storage room for storing bottles and other bottles. The storage box (210) is a first vegetable and fruit room storage box (202) supported by a pull-out mechanism (950) installed on the pull-out door (20), and is movably mounted on the first vegetable and fruit The second vegetable and fruit room storage box (203) behind the upper part of the room storage box (202). Then, with the pull-out door (20) closed, the first vegetable and fruit room storage box (202) and the second vegetable and fruit room The storage box (203) is configured as a closed storage space in the fruit and vegetable room (200). The second storage box (203) of the fruit and vegetable room is installed so that the upper part is located above the open first storage box (202) of the fruit and vegetable room Rear, and the storage space (204) is formed in the first vegetable and fruit room storage box (202). The front paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) " ~ " -15- 528848 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention ((Please read the (Please fill in this page on the matters needing attention). Furthermore, the second vegetable and fruit room storage box (203) can be linked with the movement of the first vegetable and fruit room storage box (202), or when the pull-out door (20) is opened. It is independent, and the upper edge body of the first vegetable and fruit room storage box (202) is installed in a slidable form. With this structure, the first vegetable and fruit room is pulled out when the pull-out door (20) is pulled out. The storage box (202) will be pulled open, so the food can be removed and inserted, and the first vegetable and fruit room storage box (202) can be removed from the pull-out door (20) for processing. In addition, in a state where the pull-out door (20) is closed, the storage space (204) in front of the first fruit and vegetable room storage box (202) can be ensured, so that foods such as fruits and vegetables can be separately stored according to size to achieve maintenance The purpose of freshness of food such as fruits and vegetables, and can improve the storage. In addition, this vegetable and fruit room (200) is equipped with the second largest storage space (VV) in the storage room class. The ice-making chamber (400) printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is set to a temperature of about -18 degrees. It is a storage room for making ice and maintaining ice cubes. It is equipped with: An automatic ice-making device (refer to FIG. 21) in the library; and an ice storage box (402) for receiving the produced ice cubes below and holding the ice cubes. The ice storage box (402) is installed through the pull-out door (20) together with the pull-out mechanism (950) so as to be movable in the front-rear direction. In addition, the automatic ice-making device does not need to be specially installed, and it can be made to have a receiving shed in the upper part of the inside of the ice-making chamber (400), and it is also possible to install an ice-making tray on the shed. The ice storage box (402) is configured to be opened when the pull-out door (40) is opened, and is closed when the pull-out door (40) is closed. Storage space for the ice making chamber (400). In addition, this paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -16- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (M ice-making chamber (400), because it is used exclusively for ice-making, it has a storage room grade The smallest storage volume (VI). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page.) The freezer (500) is set to a temperature of about -18 degrees, and is mainly used to store frozen food. Room, through the pull-out door (20) together with the pull-out mechanism (950), the freezer storage box (501) is installed to be able to move in the front-rear direction. The Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative prints the freezer storage box (501 ), Is: a pull-out mechanism (950) installed on the pull-out door (50), a first freezer compartment storage box (502) opened above: and movably installed in the first freezer compartment The storage box (502) is formed by a second freezer compartment storage box (503) at the upper rear. Then, in a state where the pull-out door (50) is closed, the first refrigerator compartment storage box (502) and the second refrigerator compartment are stored. Box (503), will be constituted as a freezer (500) The enclosed storage space. The second freezer compartment storage box (503) is located behind the upper part of the first freezer compartment storage box (502), and is linked with the movement of the first freezer compartment storage box (502). Or, it is independent when the pull-out door (50) is open, and the upper edge body of the first freezer storage box (502) is installed in a slidable form. Also, in the second freezer On the storage box (503), a metal plate with good thermal conductivity is laid on the bottom surface of the storage box (503), which is mainly used as a space for storing frozen foods with a high frequency of use. With this two-stage structure, if stocked foods with a low frequency of use are stored in If the first freezer compartment storage box (502) stores foods that are used frequently in the second freezer compartment storage box (503), it can be stored in the second freezer compartment storage box (503) in the highest posture of the average person. ) The food sample size of this article applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 fathers 297 males ^ 1 " ~ -17- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (1 today (please read the precautions on the back before filling in) (This page) out or in, so In order to improve the convenience of the freezer compartment (500), the freezer compartment (500) is provided with a storage compartment level and a storage volume (VF) of approximately the same size as the vegetable and fruit compartment (200). The switching compartment (300), It can be set from the temperature in the refrigerator (100) to the temperature in the freezer (500), that is, the storage temperature in the temperature range of about +8 to -18 degrees. Freely set the temperature inside the store, and can store a wide range of food from refrigerated foods to frozen foods. On the switching room (100), the storage box (301) (see Fig. 1) is installed to be movable in the front-back direction through the pull-out door (20) and the pull-out mechanism (950). The storage box (30 1) is configured to be opened when the pull-out door (30) is opened, and when the pull-out door (30) is closed, it is a closed switch. The storage space of the room (300). The switching room (300) is equipped with a storage volume (VS) of the fourth largest storage room level. 0 The refrigerator in the embodiment of the embodiment of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the consumer cooperation has printed the refrigerator, which is set as: The storage volume (V) is 470L, the storage volume (VR) of the refrigerator compartment (100) is 243L, the storage volume (VV) of the fruit and vegetable room (200) is 103L, the storage volume of the switching room (300) is 26L, and the ice-making room The storage volume (VI) of (400) is 13L, and the storage volume (VF) of the freezer (500) is 85L. Next, the external configuration of the refrigerator according to this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Fig. 4 is an external view of the refrigerator, Fig. 4 (a) is a front view, Fig. 4 (b) is a left side view, and Fig. 4 (c) is a plan view. As mentioned above, the refrigerator (1) of this embodiment is the most frequently used paper standard that applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). -18-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention (The high refrigerating compartment (100) is arranged at the top, the fruit and vegetable compartment (200) is arranged at the lower part of the refrigerating compartment (100), and the lower part of the fruit and vegetable compartment (200) is arranged side by side. The chamber (300) and the ice-making chamber (400) are provided below the switching chamber (300) and the ice-making chamber (400), in other words, the freezing chamber (500) is disposed at the lowermost portion of the refrigerator. With this configuration, Since the refrigerator is arranged in the actual use state of the refrigerator, the food can be taken out or inserted without changing the taking position. In addition, the refrigerator of this embodiment is designed to realize a refrigerator that conforms to the user's body shape. Therefore, from the floor (F) where the refrigerator is placed, the height is set so that the height to the upper end of the refrigerator is Η1 'to the upper end of the pull-out door (20) of the fruit and vegetable room (200). The height is Η2, and the height to the upper ends of the pull-out doors (30) and (40) of the switching chamber (300) and the ice-making chamber (400) is Η3, and the upper ends of the pull-out door (50) of the freezing chamber (500) The height to the bottom of the operation display (120) is Η5, the height to the bottom of the operation display (120) is Η6, and the height to the bottom of the handle (11) is Η6. Η7. For example, in this embodiment, it is set as follows: Η1 is 178 mm, H2 is 985mm, H3 is 603mm, H4 is 396mm, and H5 is 1 587mm, H6 is 1 375mm, and H7 is 1055mm. Also, the width of the refrigerator is W, the width of the pull-out door (30) of the switching room (300) is W1, the width of the pull-out door (40) of the ice-making compartment (400) is W2, and the width toward the inside is D, for example In this embodiment, it is set as follows: W is 675mm, W1 is 420mm, W2 is 250mm, and D is 650mm. According to this embodiment, the paper size up to the upper end of the fruit and vegetable room (200) is applicable to the country of China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) One ~ -19- (Please read the precautions on the back before Write this page)

528848 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(17) 高度H2,製作成比電冰箱主要的使用者,也就是日本女性 的平均手肘高度1 0 0 0 m m還要低的高度,從該高度Η 2起, 分別在上方配置開閉門(10 ),在下方配置拉出門 (20) 、 (30) 、 (40) 、 (50)。再者,各拉出門 (20 ) 、 ( 30 ) 、 ( 40 ) 、 ( 50 )的高度 HI、Η2、Η3、 Η 4、Η 5,係相關於使用頻率而被設定。藉此,不必大幅改 變取用的姿勢就可以進行食品的取出或置入。 又,在該實施形態中,藉由將操作顯示部(120 )的位 置(高度Η5和高度Η6的範圍)設計成靠近使用者站立視 線附近,可以提升操作性及視覺辨認性。再者,在該實施 形態中,由於係將操作顯示部(120 )被配置的高度 (Η5 ) 、( Η6 ),設定在比小孩子的手所能及的範圍還要 高的位置,所以使用者可以一邊用眼睛確認,一邊確實地 進行操作,並且可以減輕錯誤的操作。 再者,在該實施形態中,係將被裝設在使用頻率高的 冷藏室(100 )開閉門(10 )上的把手部(11 )之握把部 (12),藉由裝設在高度Η6到Η7的位置上,在使用者站 立視線位置的稍下方,由於可以將握把部(1 2 )裝設在手 略舉就可及的位置上,所以可以輕鬆地進行開閉門(10 ) 的開閉動作。而且,藉由將操作顯示部(1 20 )裝置在握把 部(12 )的上方,由於各機能要素被集中配置,所以可以 提升操作性及視覺辨認性。 如此一來,根據關於本實施形態的電冰箱,將冷藏室 (100)和蔬果室(200 )和切換室(300 )和製冰室(400 ) ^IT (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中周國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) -20-: 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(18) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 和冷凍室(500 ),依照使用頻率大小順序從上到下依序配 置,又,藉由將分別的貯藏室,配置成適於使用者姿勢的 門構造及動作區域,可以提供符合貯藏室使用頻率與使用 者動作姿勢之電冰箱。 在此,關於前述本實施形態的電冰箱的尺寸體系,係 爲其中之一的實施態樣,而並非只限定在這種尺寸體系。 也就是說,到電冰箱(1 )上端部爲止的高度H1,到蔬果室 (200 )的拉出門(20 )的上端部爲止的高度H2,到切換室 ( 300 )及製冰室( 400 )的拉出門(30) 、(40)的上端部 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 爲止的高度H3,到冷凍室(500 )的拉出門(50)的上端部 爲止的高度H4,藉由將其範圍分別設定成HIS 1 800mm, H2 S 1 000mm,H3 g 600mm,H4 - 3 50mm,也可以得到和上 述實施形態相同的效果。同樣地,藉由設定Η 5 S 1 6 0 0 m m, H6 ^ 1 300mm,H7 - H2,也可以實現和上述形態同樣的效 果。特別是,高度H5的範圍,由於係使用者站立視線高度 約1442mm之日本女性平均高度下,在穿著拖鞋等的鞋類, 手伸出去的狀態下(手臂長度約50〜60cm),握持握把部 (1 2 )時,使用者站立視線上下約1 5度的視野範圍內,所 以可以提供操作顯示部(1 20 )之視覺辨認性及操作性良好 的電冰箱。再者,更可以提供與廚房的裝飾品味相調合, 且可以對應各式各樣布置之電冰箱。 另外,在各門之間,裝設有大約9mm左右的空隙,在 電冰箱的最下部,被裝設有擺褶部(60 ),用來隱藏被裝 設在底面的移動車輪(3 )。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -21 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 _B7 _ 五、發明説明(功 在開閉門(10 )的開放端側上,被設置有把手部 (11),把手部(11 )從正面看來,係由··從上到下被形 成光滑的圓弧形的握把部(12 )、和被形成於該握把部 (12 )上方之平面部(13 )、和被形成於握把部(12 )兩 側之手牽引凹部(14 )、和被安裝在平面部(13 )上的操 作顯示部(1 2 0 )所構成的;藉由用手握住或是用手拉住握 把部(12 ),可以打開開閉門(10 )。另外,關於該把手 部(11 )的結構,會在後面詳細說明。 在被裝設於蔬果室( 200 )以及冷凍室( 500 )前面的 開閉門(20 ) 、 ( 50 )上,由橫向的手牽引部(22 )、 (52),和被形成於該手牽引部(22) 、(52)下方之手 牽引凹部(23 ) 、 ( 53 )所構成的橫向把手(21 )、 (5 1 ),係從開閉門(20 ) 、( 50 )上端部的兩端朝向中 央形成光滑的圓弧狀。該開閉門(20) 、(50),係製作 成抬舉手牽引部(22) 、(52),藉由拉到面前而予以打 開。 在被裝設於切換室( 300 )以及製冰室( 400 )前面之 開閉門(30) 、(40)上,由手牽引部(32) 、(42),和 被形成於該手牽引部(32 )、( 42 )下方之手牽引凹部 (33) 、(43)所構成之橫向把手(31) 、(41),係被設 置於上端。該拉出門(30) 、(40),係藉由用手拉住手 牽引部(32) 、(42)拉到面前而使之打開。 其次,參照第5圖,針對關於本實施形態的電冰箱整 體的冷空氣氣流加以說明。第5圖係關於本發明實施形態 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)528848 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (17) Height H2, made lower than the average elbow height of the main users of refrigerators, that is, Japanese women, is 100 mm From this height Η 2, the opening and closing doors (10) are arranged on the upper side, and the pull-out doors (20), (30), (40), (50) are arranged on the lower side. Furthermore, the heights HI, Η2, Η3, Η4, and Η5 of each of the pull-out doors (20), (30), (40), and (50) are set in accordance with the use frequency. This makes it possible to take out or place food without significantly changing the taking posture. Moreover, in this embodiment, by designing the position (range of height Η5 and height Η6) of the operation display section (120) close to the user's standing sight, the operability and visibility can be improved. Furthermore, in this embodiment, since the height (Η5) and (Η6) where the operation display section (120) is arranged are set to a position higher than the range reachable by a child's hand, use The user can perform the operation while confirming with his eyes, and the erroneous operation can be reduced. Moreover, in this embodiment, the grip part (12) of the handle part (11) which is installed in the opening / closing door (10) of the refrigerating compartment (100) which is used frequently is installed at the height From the positions Η6 to Η7, just below the position where the user stands and looks, the grip part (1 2) can be installed at a position that can be easily lifted, so the door can be easily opened and closed (10) Opening and closing action. Furthermore, by arranging the operation display section (1 20) above the grip section (12), since each functional element is arranged in a centralized manner, operability and visibility can be improved. In this way, according to the refrigerator of this embodiment, the refrigerating compartment (100), the fruit and vegetable compartment (200), the switching compartment (300), and the ice making compartment (400) ^ IT (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this (Page) This paper size is applicable to the China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -20-: 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (18) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) and The freezer compartment (500) is arranged sequentially from top to bottom according to the order of the use frequency. Furthermore, by arranging the respective storage compartments as a door structure and an action area suitable for the user's posture, it can provide a frequency that matches the use of the storage compartment. Refrigerator with user posture. Here, the size system of the refrigerator of the present embodiment is one of the embodiments, and is not limited to this size system. That is, the height H1 to the upper end of the refrigerator (1), the height H2 to the upper end of the pull-out door (20) of the fruit and vegetable room (200), to the switch room (300) and the ice-making room (400) The height H3 of the upper end of the pull-out door (30), (40) until printed by the consumer property cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the height H4 of the upper end of the pull-out door (50) of the freezer (500). By setting the ranges to HIS 1 800mm, H2 S 1 000mm, H3 g 600mm, and H4-3 50mm, the same effects as those of the above embodiment can be obtained. Similarly, by setting Η 5 S 1 600 mm, H6 ^ 1 300mm, H7-H2, the same effect as the above-mentioned form can also be achieved. In particular, the range of the height H5 is the average height of a Japanese woman standing at about 1442mm when the user is standing, and the shoes are worn with slippers and other hands (arm length is about 50 ~ 60cm). When the handle portion (12) is in the field of view of about 15 degrees above and below the user's standing line of sight, a refrigerator with good visibility and operability of the operation display portion (120) can be provided. Furthermore, it can provide refrigerators that match the taste of the kitchen's decorations and can be arranged in various ways. In addition, a gap of about 9 mm is installed between the doors, and a pleated portion (60) is installed at the bottom of the refrigerator to hide the moving wheels (3) installed on the bottom surface. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -21-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 _B7 _ V. Description of the invention On the top, a handle portion (11) is provided, and the handle portion (11) is formed from the top to a smooth arc-shaped grip portion (12) from top to bottom, and the grip portion (12) is formed from the front. The flat portion (13) above the handle portion (12), the hand traction recesses (14) formed on both sides of the grip portion (12), and the operation display portion (1 2) mounted on the flat portion (13) 0); by holding or holding the grip portion (12) by hand, the opening and closing door (10) can be opened. In addition, the structure of the handle portion (11) will be described in detail later On the opening and closing doors (20) and (50) installed in front of the vegetable and fruit room (200) and the freezing room (500), a horizontal hand pulling portion (22), (52), and formed on the hand The horizontal handles (21) and (5 1) formed by the traction recesses (23) and (53) under the traction sections (22) and (52) are The two ends of the upper end of the opening and closing door (20) and (50) form a smooth arc shape toward the center. The opening and closing doors (20) and (50) are made to lift the hand traction sections (22) and (52). It is opened by being pulled to the front. On the opening and closing doors (30) and (40) installed in front of the switching chamber (300) and the ice-making chamber (400), the hand towing sections (32), (42), The horizontal handles (31) and (41) formed by the manual traction recesses (33) and (43) formed under the manual traction sections (32) and (42) are provided at the upper end. The pull-out door ( 30) and (40) are opened by holding the hand traction parts (32) and (42) to the front by pulling them. Next, referring to FIG. 5, the cooling of the entire refrigerator according to this embodiment is referred to. The air flow is illustrated. Figure 5 is about the embodiment of the present invention. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

-22 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2〇 中的電冰箱的將開閉門和拉出門取下狀態下的正面圖。在 第5圖中,首先,說明供給到冷凍室(500 )以及切換室 (3 00 )、製冰室(400 )之冷空氣氣流。利用第一熱交換 器(661 )所冷卻的冷空氣,係流進第一冷空氣通路 (606 ),該冷空氣,流進了分歧通路(606a)(參照第2 圖),並且藉由第一送風風扇(662 )被導引至分歧通路 (606b )與分歧通路(606c )。流進到分歧通路(606a )的 冷空氣,係製作成:從吹出口( 619 )及(620 )供給到冷 凍室(500 ),將冷凍室(500 )冷卻後,再被導引到冷空 氣送回口( 690 ),回到第一冷卻室( 660 )。 流進分歧通路(606b)的冷空氣,係從吹出口( 681) 供給到製冰室(400 ),在冷卻了製冰室(400 )之後,透 過送回口(691)被導引至冷空氣送回口( 690) ,再回到 第一冷卻室(660 )。 流進到分歧通路(606c )的冷空氣,係藉由冷空氣量 分配器(6 1 2 ),對照切換室(300 )的切換狀態來調節冷 空氣量,當調節冷空氣量之後,將冷空氣從吹出口(682) 供給到切換室(300 ),透過送回口( 692 )導引至冷空氣 送回口( 690 ),再送回到第一冷卻室( 660 )。 接著,說明被供給到冷藏室(1〇〇 )及蔬果室(200 ) 的冷空氣氣流.。利用第二熱交換器(67 1 ),被冷卻的冷空 氣’係藉由弟一送風風扇來加以導引,從該第二送風風扇 (672 )朝向前方流出,再流進第二冷空氣通路(607 ), 而將冷空氣供給到冷藏室(1 〇〇 )。第二冷空氣通路 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ297公董) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -23- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2》 (607 ),係在冷藏室(1〇〇 )分歧而被形成複數個的通 路。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在本實施形態中,如第5圖所示,第二冷空氣通路 (607 ).,從正面看來,係分歧成γ字形的兩個分歧通路 ( 607a) 、( 607b)。又,針對關於本實施形態的電冰箱, 在左右被分歧的分歧通路( 607a)和( 607b)所挾裝的中央 部份上,係被形成有第三冷空氣通路( 609 )。 也就是說,在本實施形態中,在冷藏室(1 00 )中一邊 循環冷空氣一邊供給冷空氣的第三冷空氣通路(609 ),係 被裝設於冷藏室(1 00 )後方左右分歧所形成的分歧通路 (607a )和(607b )之間,在該第三冷空氣通路(609 ) 上,係被裝設有:用來導引冷空氣的循環風扇(608 ),和 藉由循環風扇(608 )使被導引的冷空氣一邊在冷藏室 (100 )內循環一邊供給冷空氣之冷空氣風向變更手段 (700)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另外,針對關於第三冷空氣通路(609 )的循環冷卻的 構造,由於本案申請人已在先前申請的日本特願平11 -23 50 1 8號中有所記載,故省略詳細的說明。本實施形態, 係說明從第二冷空氣通路供給到冷藏室(100)之冷空氣氣 流。 利用第二送風風扇(672 ),被導引到構成第二冷空氣 通路(607 )的分歧通路(607a )、( 607b )上的冷空氣, 係藉由將冷空氣從被形成於冷藏室(1 〇〇 )背面壁上的複數 個的吹出口( 611 )供給到冷藏室(1〇〇 )·,來進行冷藏室 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -24- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2$ (100)的冷卻。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 被供給到冷藏室(100 )的冷空氣,係一邊冷卻了被複 數個的分隔棚(101 )及固定棚(104 )、可變棚(105 )所 分隔的收納空間,一邊吹抵被設置於冷藏室(1 00 )前方之 收納袋(103 )。吹抵收納袋(103 )的冷空氣,係於冷卻 收納袋(103 )之後,沿著被形成於該收納袋(103 )和複 數個的分隔棚(101)及固定棚(104)、可變棚(105)之 間上下連續的空隙而下降,一直到該冷藏室(1 00 )的底面 爲止。 又,在第5圖中雖然加以省略,但是朝向冰溫冷凍室 (150)者,係從第二冷空氣通路(607 ),直接從設置在 該冰溫冷凍室(1 50 )背面之吹出口來供給冷空氣,當冷卻 了收納拖盤(1 5 1 )之後,吹到該收納拖盤(1 5 1)的前面 側,再與從上方降下來的冷空氣混合,而到達冷藏室 (100)的底面。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 到達冷藏室(100 )底面的冷空氣,係被導引到連結通 路(625 )上(參照第2圖),透過該連結通路(625 ), 冷空氣會流進蔬果室(200 ),當冷卻了蔬果室(200 )之 後,會通過蔬果室收納盒(201 )的外側,從冷空氣送回口 (629 )回到第二冷卻室(670 )。 如此一來,關於本實施形態的電冰箱,由於具備:用 來生成供給到冷凍室(500 )及切換室(300 )和製冰室 (400 )的冷空氣之第一冷卻室(660 )、和生成供給到冷 藏室(100 )的冷空氣之第二冷卻室(670 ),所以可以有 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -25 - 528848 A7 ____ B7 _ 五、發明説明(约 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 效地進行食品的急速冷凍、急速解凍、急速冷凍等。又, 被供給到冷藏室(100 )及蔬果室(200 )的冷空氣,由於 不會受到冷卻冷凍室(500 )的冷空氣的影響,所以可以減 輕冷藏室(100)及蔬果室(200 )的過度冷凍。 接著,參照第6圖及第7圖,說明關於被裝設在第三 冷空氣通路( 609 )上的冷空氣風向變更手段( 700 )的結 構。第6圖係冷藏室(100)背面壁的零件展開圖,第7圖 係冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )的零件外觀圖,第7 ( a)圖 係正面圖,第7 ( b )圖係側面圖。 ‘首先,參照第6圖,說明冷藏室(1 〇〇 )的背面壁。如 第6圖所示,冷藏室(100 )的背面壁,係由構成其絕大部 份之背面面板(111 ),和覆蓋住該背面面板之前面面板 (11 2 )所構成。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 背面面板(111 ),其構成爲:與分隔壁(170 )(參 考第2圖)的上端部相連續,且覆蓋住第二冷卻室(670 ) 的上部而構成背面壁的上部之下部張出部(11 la );和被 形成於下部張出部(11 la )的上方,構成冰溫冷凍室 (1 50 )的背面壁之第一平面部(11 lb );和位於第二冷空 氣通路(607 )的前面以及第三冷空氣通路(609 )的背 面,構成冷藏室(100 )的背面壁之第二平面部(111 c )。 該背面面板(111 ),係構成爲與筐體(2 )之間的空 間,在該筐體(2 )的內側背面壁上形成凹部(632 )(參 照第2圖),用來覆蓋住該凹部(632 )的前面,在周圍留 下邊緣而被組裝到冷藏室(100 )的背面。_ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -26 - 528848 A7 __ B7 五、發明説明(24 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在凹部(632 )和背面面板(111 )所形成的空間上, 被裝設有第二冷空氣通路(607 ),並且被設置有:被配置 在第三冷空氣通路(609 )上的循環風扇(608 ),和冷空 氣風向變更手段(700)。 冷空氣風向變更手段(700),係具備有:藉由循環風 扇(608 ),將所被導引的冷空氣供給到冷藏室(1〇〇 )內 之圓筒形通氣管(701 );和支撐該圓筒形通氣管(701 ) 的下部,並且使來自循環風扇(608 )的冷空氣連通到圓筒 形通氣管(701 )上之軸承部(702 );和支撐該圓筒形通 氣管(701 )的下部,並且使該圓筒形通氣管(701 )旋轉 之驅動部(703 )。藉由在背面面板(111 )上從背面側透 過螺絲等加以裝著,而與背面面板(111 )結合。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第二平面部(111c ),在其中央被形成開口部 (11 3 ),而圓筒形通氣管(70 1 ),係與被.形成於前面面 板(112 )上的複數個的吹出部(610 )相連通,而被配置 在該開口部(11 3 )上。在開口部(11 3 )的兩側上,被形 成有用來裝設照明裝置(110 )之凹部(114 ),在該凹部 (114 )的兩側上,以狹縫狀地被裝設有複數個的吹出口 (611)(含 611a、611b、611c、611d)。因爲吹出口 (61 la )爲大的開口,所以是以複數個的橫向狹縫所形成 的,而吹出口(611b) 、(611c) (611d)則是被形成爲比 吹出口( 611a)還要小的開口。 前面面板(112),係用來覆蓋照明裝置(110 )和開 口部(11 3 )而被安裝在背面面板(111 )上。前面面板 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) -27- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2$ (112),係由透光性素材所形成,在其前表面或內表面施 加紋路處理等等,再施加使之難以見到內部的表面加工。 藉此,使照明裝置(110 )的光擴散,而可以從冷藏室 (100)的背面側照射。 又,在前面面板(112 )的中央,係被形成有:以將圓 筒形通氣管(701 )作爲中心的扇形,兩側向內方向傾斜之 傾斜面(636 );和位於該傾斜面(636 )的內側,以圓筒 形通氣管(701 )的旋轉軸爲中心所成之同心圓形狀的筒狀 部(637 )。在筒狀部(637 )上,對準分隔棚(101)的排 列,被形成有複數個的吹出口( 6 11 )(含6 11 a、6 11 b、 611c、 611d) 〇 接著,參照第7圖,針對被配置在第三冷空氣通路 (609 )上的循環風扇(608 )和冷空氣風向變更手段 (700 )加以說明。 另外,關於冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )的詳細結構, 如前所述,由於已經被記載在由本案申請人之前所提出的 日本特願平1 1 -23501 8號中,所以在本實施形態中,省略詳 細的說明,只說明槪略的結構。 如第7圖所示,圓筒形通氣管(701),係將導引自循 環風扇(608 )的冷空氣,透過複數個的吹氣口(參照第6 圖),所形成之用來供給到冷藏室(100 )的複數個的冷空 氣供給口( 7 1 7 )。在本實施形態中,係將該複數個的冷空 氣供給口( 717 ),以四個吹出口( 717a )、( 717b )、 (717c ) 、( 717d )所構成,其中(717a )爲上段冷空氣供 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -28- 528848 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 給口 ’ (717b)爲第一中段冷空氣供給口,(717c)爲第二 中段冷空氣供給口 ’ (717d)爲下段冷空氣供給口。 又’如第7 ( b )圖所示,循環風扇(608 )和圓筒形通 氣管(70 1 ),係透過被配置在兩者之間的軸承部(7〇2 ) 和被形成於圓筒形通氣管(701 )下方的通氣管嵌合部 (708 )而被加以連接的,軸承部(7〇2 ),係將圓筒形通 氣管(701)的旋轉軸,以前方倒下的姿勢,作爲支撐圓筒 形通氣管(701 )的形狀。又,圓筒形通氣管(7〇1 )的上 方,係被安裝有··用來使該圓筒形通氣管(701 )旋轉的馬 達(704 ) •,和用來連接馬達(704 )和圓筒形通氣管 (701)之連接部所構成的驅動部(7〇3)。 接著,參照第8圖,說明關於冷空氣風向變更手段 (700 )之動作控制。第8圖爲冷空氣風向變更手段 (700 )的動作控制區段圖。在本實施形態中的電冰箱 (1 ),係藉由操作顯示部(1 20 ),被構成爲:當電冰箱 (1 )的運轉f吴式被設定成急速冷卻運轉,或是急速解凍運 轉時,冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )會相對動作。以下,本 實施形態,係作爲其中一例,說明電冰箱(丨)被設定成急 速冷卻運轉的狀況。 在第8圖中,若是操作被裝設在操作顯示部(ι2〇)上 的操作部(121 ),將電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式設定成急速 冷卻運轉的話,則運轉模式信號就會被傳送到被襄設在電 路基板(616 )上的微電腦控制(630 )上。微電腦控制 (630 ),會根據所接收到的運轉模式信號,將電冰箱 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)-22-528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Front view of the refrigerator in FIG. 20 with the opening and closing door and the pull-out door removed. In FIG. 5, first, the supply to the freezer (500) and switching are described. The cold air flow of the chamber (3 00) and the ice making chamber (400). The cold air cooled by the first heat exchanger (661) flows into the first cold air passage (606), and the cold air flows into The branch passage (606a) (see FIG. 2) is guided, and is guided to the branch passage (606b) and the branch passage (606c) by the first air supply fan (662). The cold air flowing into the branch passage (606a) The system is made as follows: supply from the outlets (619) and (620) to the freezing chamber (500), cool the freezing chamber (500), and then guide it to the cold air return port (690) and return to the first Cooling chamber (660). The cold air flowing into the branch passage (606b) is supplied to the ice-making chamber (400) from the air outlet (681), and after cooling the ice-making chamber (400), it passes through the return port (691). ) Is guided to the cold air return port (690) and back to the first cooling chamber (660). The flow into the branch path (606 c) The cold air is adjusted by the cold air quantity distributor (6 1 2) and the switching state of the switching room (300). After the cold air quantity is adjusted, the cold air is supplied from the blowing outlet (682) to The switching chamber (300) is guided to the cold air return port (690) through the return port (692), and then returned to the first cooling chamber (660). Next, the supply to the refrigerating chamber (100) and the Cold air flow in the fruit and vegetable room (200). Using the second heat exchanger (67 1), the cooled cold air is guided by the first air blower, and is directed from the second air blower (672). It flows out from the front and flows into the second cold air passage (607), and supplies the cold air to the refrigerating compartment (100). The second cold air passage is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇297). (Public Director) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economics -23- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2) (607) is in the refrigerated room (1 〇〇) Divided into multiple channels. (Please read the back first (Please fill in this page again for the matters needing attention) In this embodiment, as shown in Figure 5, the second cold air path (607). From the front, it is two branch paths (607a), (607b). In the refrigerator according to this embodiment, a third cold air passage (609) is formed on the central part of the divergent passages (607a) and (607b) that are divided by left and right. . That is, in this embodiment, the third cold air passage (609) that supplies cold air while circulating cold air in the refrigerating compartment (100) is installed at the left and right sides of the refrigerating compartment (100). Between the formed branch paths (607a) and (607b), the third cold air path (609) is provided with a circulation fan (608) for guiding cold air, and The fan (608) circulates the guided cold air in the refrigerating compartment (100) while supplying cold air wind direction changing means (700). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In addition, regarding the structure of the circulating cooling of the third cold air passage (609), the applicant of this case has already been in Japanese Patent Application No. 11 -23 50 1 8 As described, detailed description is omitted. This embodiment describes the flow of cold air supplied from the second cold air passage to the refrigerator compartment (100). The cold air that is guided to the branch paths (607a) and (607b) constituting the second cold air path (607b) is formed by the second air-sending fan (672). 〇〇) A plurality of blowing outlets (611) on the back wall are supplied to the refrigerating compartment (100) · for the refrigerating compartment. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -24 -528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2 $ (100) cooling. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). The cold air supplied to the refrigerating compartment (100) was cooled by one side. The storage space separated by the partition shed (101), the fixed shed (104), and the variable shed (105) is blown against the storage bag (103) provided in front of the refrigerating compartment (100). The blown storage bag (103) The cold air of) is tied to the cooling storage bag (103), and then is formed between the storage bag (103) and a plurality of partition sheds (101), a fixed shed (104), and a variable shed (105). The vertical gap continues to descend until it reaches the bottom surface of the refrigerator compartment (100). Although it is omitted in FIG. 5, the person facing the ice temperature freezer (150) is supplied from the second cold air passage (607) directly from a blowing outlet provided on the back of the ice temperature freezer (150). The cold air, after cooling the storage tray (1 5 1), is blown to the front side of the storage tray (1 5 1) and mixed with the cold air descending from above to reach the cold storage room (100). The cold air that reaches the bottom surface of the refrigerating room (100) is printed by the consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and is guided to the connection path (625) (see Figure 2), and passes through the connection path (625). The cold air will flow into the fruit and vegetable room (200). After the fruit and vegetable room (200) is cooled, it will pass through the outside of the vegetable and fruit room storage box (201) and return to the second cooling room (670) from the cold air return port (629). In this way, the refrigerator according to this embodiment includes a first cooling chamber (660) for generating cold air to be supplied to the freezing chamber (500), the switching chamber (300), and the ice-making chamber (400). And a second cooling chamber (670) that generates cold air to be supplied to the refrigerating chamber (100) ), So this paper size can apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -25-528848 A7 ____ B7 _ V. Description of the invention (about (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The food is subjected to rapid freezing, rapid thawing, rapid freezing, etc. Furthermore, the cold air supplied to the refrigerating compartment (100) and the fruit and vegetable room (200) is not affected by the cold air cooling the freezing compartment (500). Therefore, excessive freezing in the refrigerating compartment (100) and the fruit and vegetable compartment (200) can be reduced. Next, the structure of the cold air wind direction changing means (700) installed in the third cold air passage (609) will be described with reference to Figs. 6 and 7. Fig. 6 is an expanded view of parts on the back wall of the refrigerating compartment (100), Fig. 7 is an external view of parts of the cold air wind direction changing means (700), Fig. 7 (a) is a front view, and Fig. 7 (b) is a side view. ‘First, referring to FIG. 6, the back wall of the refrigerator compartment (100) will be described. As shown in Fig. 6, the back wall of the refrigerating compartment (100) is composed of a back panel (111) constituting the most part thereof and a front panel (11 2) covering the back panel. The consumer property cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed a back panel (111), which is continuous with the upper end of the partition wall (170) (refer to Figure 2) and covers the upper part of the second cooling chamber (670). The upper and lower openings (11 la) constituting the back wall; and the first flat portion (11) of the back wall that is formed above the lower openings (11 la) and constitutes the ice-temperature freezer (1 50). lb); and the second flat portion (111c) of the back wall of the refrigerating compartment (100), which is located in front of the second cold air passage (607) and on the back of the third cold air passage (609). The back panel (111) is configured as a space between the back panel (111) and a recess (632) (see FIG. 2) is formed on an inner back wall of the back panel (2) to cover the The front face of the recess (632) is assembled to the back face of the refrigerating compartment (100), leaving edges around. _ This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -26-528848 A7 __ B7 V. Description of the invention (24 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) In the recess (632) and In the space formed by the back panel (111), a second cold air passage (607) is installed, and a circulation fan (608) disposed on the third cold air passage (609), and a cooling unit Air wind direction changing means (700). Cold air wind direction changing means (700) is provided with a circulating fan (608) to supply the guided cold air to a cylinder in the refrigerating compartment (100). Shaped vent tube (701); and a lower portion supporting the cylindrical vent tube (701), and communicating cold air from the circulating fan (608) to a bearing portion (702) on the cylindrical vent tube (701); And a driving part (703) that supports the lower part of the cylindrical vent tube (701) and rotates the cylindrical vent tube (701). The rear panel (111) is mounted through a screw or the like from the rear side. In combination with the back panel (111). Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative prints the second flat section (111c), an opening (11 3) is formed in the center, and a cylindrical air duct (70 1) is connected to the quilt. The front panel (112) is formed. A plurality of blow-out portions (610) communicate with each other and are disposed on the opening portion (11 3). On both sides of the opening portion (11 3), recessed portions (for installing the lighting device (110)) are formed. 114), on both sides of the recess (114), a plurality of blowout ports (611) (including 611a, 611b, 611c, 611d) are installed in a slit shape because the blowout port (61la) is The large opening is formed by a plurality of horizontal slits, and the outlets (611b) and (611c) (611d) are formed to be smaller than the outlet (611a). Front panel ( 112), which is used to cover the lighting device (110) and the opening (11 3) and is installed on the back panel (111). The front panel's paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) ) -27- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2 $ (112), formed by light-transmitting material, on its front surface or inner surface A texture treatment is applied, and then a surface finish that makes it difficult to see the inside. This allows the light of the lighting device (110) to be diffused and can be irradiated from the back side of the refrigerating compartment (100). 112) in the center, is formed with a fan-shaped tube (701) as the center of the fan-shaped, inclined sides (636) inclined inwardly on both sides; and located on the inside of the inclined surface (636), A cylindrical shaft (637) having a concentric circle shape formed at the center of the rotation axis of the cylindrical ventilation tube (701). On the cylindrical portion (637), a plurality of air outlets (6 11) (including 6 11 a, 6 11 b, 611c, 611d) are formed in alignment with the arrangement of the partition shed (101). FIG. 7 illustrates a circulation fan (608) and a cold air wind direction changing means (700) arranged in the third cold air passage (609). In addition, as described above, the detailed structure of the cold air wind direction changing means (700) has been described in Japanese Patent Application No. 1 1-23501 No. 8 previously proposed by the applicant of the present case, so in this embodiment In the following, detailed description is omitted, and only an outline structure is described. As shown in FIG. 7, the cylindrical ventilation pipe (701) passes the cold air guided from the circulation fan (608) through a plurality of air outlets (see FIG. 6), and is formed to supply the air to A plurality of cold air supply ports (7 1 7) in the refrigerator compartment (100). In this embodiment, the plurality of cold air supply ports (717) are composed of four air outlets (717a), (717b), (717c), and (717d), where (717a) is the upper stage cooling Air supply for this paper is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives -28- 528848 Economy Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau A7 B7 V. Description of the invention The supply port. As shown in FIG. 7 (b), the circulation fan (608) and the cylindrical air duct (70 1) pass through a bearing portion (702) disposed between them and The bearing part (708), which is formed by connecting the ventilation tube fitting part (708) below the cylindrical ventilation tube (701), is connected to the front of the rotary shaft of the cylindrical ventilation tube (701). The fallen posture is the shape that supports the cylindrical ventilation tube (701). Above the cylindrical ventilation tube (701), a motor (704) for rotating the cylindrical ventilation tube (701) is installed, and a motor (704) is connected to the cylinder. The drive unit (703) constituted by the connecting part of the V-shaped air duct (701). Next, the operation control of the cold air wind direction changing means (700) will be described with reference to FIG. 8. FIG. 8 shows the cold air wind direction changing means (700) Operation control section diagram. The refrigerator (1) in this embodiment is configured by operating the display unit (1 20) so that when the operation of the refrigerator (1) is set in Wu mode When the rapid cooling operation is performed or the rapid thawing operation is performed, the cold air wind direction changing means (700) will be relatively operated. Hereinafter, this embodiment is used as an example to describe the state in which the refrigerator (丨) is set to the rapid cooling operation. In FIG. 8, if the operation section (121) provided on the operation display section (ι20) is operated and the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) is set to the rapid cooling operation, the operation mode signal will be Micro-electricity transmitted to the circuit board (616) Brain control (630). Microcomputer control (630), according to the received operation mode signal, the refrigerator (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

-29 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(约 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (1 )設定在急速冷卻運轉模式,並且進行冷空氣風向變更 手段(700 )的控制。冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )的控 制,係藉由操作了操作部(121 )來驅動馬達(704 ),使 圓筒形通氣管(701 )旋轉,選擇性地設定供給到冷藏室 (100 )內的冷空氣的方向。然後,當決定了冷空氣供給方 向之後,微電腦控制(630 )就會提高壓縮機(601 )的旋 轉數,並且使循環風扇(608 )動作,開始動作的循環風扇 會吸進冷空氣,使冷空氣流進圓筒形通氣管(701)中。流 進圓筒形通氣管(701)的冷空氣,會透過複數個的冷空氣 供給口( 717 )和複數個的吹出口( 610 ),朝向被設定在 冷藏室(1 00 )內的冷空氣供給方向,將冷空氣集中性地供 給。然後,從開始急速冷卻運轉之後,若是經過了預先設 定的時間的話,則循環風扇(608 )就會停止,並且停止來 自圓筒形通氣管(701 )的冷空氣供給,使電冰箱(1 )進 行平常的運轉。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如上所述,根據本實施形態,藉由操作了操作部 (121 ),使冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )動作,由於可以 將冷空氣集中供給到用來收納必須進行急速冷卻的食品的 地方,所以可以高效率地進行食品的急速冷卻。又,根據 本實施形態,以冷藏室(100 )爲例,即使當收納了不須另 行加熱的熟食,由於可以將冷空氣選擇性地供給到這種熟 食上,所以也就可以快速地消除冷藏室(100 )內不均勻的 溫度。 接著,針對裝設在開閉門(10 )前面的操作顯示部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -30- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2$ (120),參照第9圖及第10圖加以說明。第9圖係顯示 操作顯示部(1 20 )的結構,第i 〇圖係操作顯示部(丨20 ) 的底面圖。 在第9圖中’操作顯示部(120 ),係由操作電冰箱 (1 )的操作部(1 2 1 ),和顯示電冰箱(1 )的運轉狀態的 顯示部(122 )所構成。操作部(12丨),係由具備有複數 個的操作按鈕之第一操作按鈕群(123)和第二操作按鈕群 (1 24 )所構成,藉由操作第一操作按鈕群(1 23 )和第二 操作按鈕群(1 24 ),可以在電冰箱(1 )上進行急速冷卻 運轉、急速解凍運轉、急速冷凍運轉等。 第一操作按鈕群(1 23 ),主要係具備了指示電冰箱 (1 )的運轉模式的機能,在本實施形態中,冷卻按鈕 (123a)指示電冰箱的急速冷卻運轉,解凍按鈕(123b)指 示電冰箱的急速解凍運轉,冷凍按鈕(.1 23c )指示電冰箱 的急速冷凍運轉,這些操作按鈕係在縱方向上從上到下依 照冷卻按鈕(123a )、解凍按鈕(123b )、冷凍按鈕 (123c)的順序被加以配置。 第二操作按鈕群(1 24 ),主要係具備了控制構成電冰 箱(1 )之各貯藏室的運轉狀態,在本實施形態中,有控制 切換室(300 )的運轉狀態之切換室按鈕(124a)、時間設 定按鈕(124b)、控制冷藏室(100)的運轉狀態之冷藏室 按鈕(124c )、控制冷凍室(500 )的運轉狀態之冷凍室按 鈕(124d )、控制製冰室(400 )的運轉狀態之製冰按鈕 (124e),這些操作按鈕,係在第一操作按鈕群(123)的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -31- 528848 A7 ___B7 五、發明説明(2$ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 下方,在縱方向上從上到下依照切換室按鈕(丨24a )、時 間設定按鈕(124b )、冷藏室按鈕(124c )、冷凍室按鈕 (124d)、製冰按鈕(I24e)的順序被加以配置。 顯示部(1 2 2 ),具備有複數個顯示區域,在本實施形 態中,係由下述所構成:藉由電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式、或 冷空氣風向變更手段(700 ),顯示出朝向冷藏室(1〇〇 ) 所被供給的冷空氣的供給方向等之第一顯示部(1 30a ); 和顯示出切換室(300 )的動作狀態之第二顯示部 (130b);和顯示出冷凍室(500 )的動作狀態等之第三顯 示部(130c)。又,在本實施形態中,顯示部(122)係由 縱長形的液晶面板所構成。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 接著,參照第10圖,說明操作顯示部(120 )的內部 結構。在第10圖中,操作顯示部(120 ),係具備有:形 成其表面之表面面板(800 ),和形成其背面之基板 (810),藉由該表面面板(800 )和基板(810),形成了 操作顯示部(120 )的外框。又,在表面面板(800 )上, 被設置有半反射鏡(140)。構成第一操作按鈕群(123) 和第二操作按鈕群(1 24 )之各操作按鈕,係由被配置於表 面面板(800 )的按鈕蓋(126 ),和被該按鈕蓋(126 )所 覆蓋的按鈕(127 )所構成,按鈕蓋(126 )係自表面面板 (800 )稍微突出而被設置。 用液晶顯示面板所構成的顯示部(1 22 ),具備有顯示 出電冰箱(1 )的運轉狀態之顯示內容,藉由固定構件 (8 20a ) 、( 820b ),在表面面板(800 )的內表面及基板 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -32- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3() (810 )上加以固定,將電冰箱(1 )的運轉狀態用表面面 板(800 )顯示出來。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在基板(810)上,被裝設有藉由操作了構成第一操作 按鈕群(123 )和第二操作按鈕群(124 )之各操作按鈕來 起動的開關(8 3 0 )、和對應於開關(8 3 0 )的動作而發光 之 LED ( 840) 、 ( 850)。 在液晶顯示面板的內表面上,被裝設有將LED ( 850 ) 所發出的光導引至液晶顯示面板上的導光板。 針對如上所構成的操作顯示部(1 20 ),在平常的狀態 下,LED ( 840 )、( 850 )會熄燈,液晶顯示面板的顯示內 容會藉由半反射鏡(140 )加以隱藏,此時半反射鏡就作爲 一般平常的反射鏡的機能。從該狀態開始,藉由操作了構 成第一操作按鈕群(123 )和第二操作按鈕群(124 )之任 何操作按鈕就可以起動開關(830 ),使LED ( 840 )、 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (8 50 )亮燈發光。LED ( 840 ),係將光朝向操作了的操作 按鈕照射,藉由使操作了的操作按鈕發光,就可以顯示出 操作者所操作過的按鈕。從LED ( 850 )所發出的光,係藉 由導光板(135 ),導引到液晶顯示面板所構成的顯示部 (1 22 )上,利用液晶顯示面板的發光,利用構成第一操作 按鈕群(123 )和第二操作按鈕群(124 )之任何操作按 鈕,使被指示的電冰箱(1 )的運轉狀態,會透過被裝設於 表面面板(800 )之半反射鏡(140 ),而用表面面板 (800 )顯示出來。然後,在經過一定的時間之後,LED (840 ) 、( 850 )會熄燈,顯示部(122)的顯示內容會藉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -33- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(31 由半反射鏡(140 )加以隱藏,此時半反射鏡就作爲一般平 常的反射鏡的機能。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如此一來,在本實施形態中,由於構成第一操作按鈕 群(123 )和第二操作按鈕群(124 )之各操作按鈕的操作 狀態及電冰箱(1 )的運轉狀態,只在一定的時間內顯示’ 所以,LED ( 840 )、( 850 )就不必經常地亮燈,而可以降 低電冰箱(1 )的耗電。 接著,針對操作按鈕(121)的操作和顯示部(122) 的顯示內容,參照第11圖到第26圖加以說明。首先’參 照第11圖至第15圖,說明當操作第一按鈕群(123)時, 在顯示部(1 22 )上所顯示的內容。第11圖係顯示操作顯 示部(1 20 )的顯示狀態之其中一例,第12圖和第1 3圖則 是顯示第一顯示部(130a )的顯示狀態之其中一例,第14 圖係顯示操作顯示部(1 20 )的顯示狀態之其中一例,第1 5 圖係顯示第一顯示部(1 30a )的顯示狀態之其中一例。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在本實施例中,電冰箱(1 )在進行平常的運轉的狀態 下,顯示部(122 )的顯示內容會利用半反射鏡(140 )而 成爲被隱藏的狀態。從該狀態開始,藉由操作冷卻按鈕 (123a)、解凍按鈕(123b)、冷凍按鈕(12 3c)之任一按 鈕,如第11 ( a )圖所示,利用半反射鏡(140 )所被隱藏 的顯示部(1 22 )的顯示內容就會成爲被顯示的狀態。第11 (a )圖,係本實施形態中電冰箱(1 )平常的運轉..狀態, 例如,顯示出:電冰箱(1 )的省電運轉、聲音制導 「〇N」、切換室(300 )之蔬果室和冷藏室以攝氏+2度運 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29?公釐) -34- 528848 A7 ___B7____ 五、發明説明(3$ 轉、冷凍室以攝氏-18度運轉之狀態。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 從該狀態起,例如,操作冷卻按鈕(1 23a ),若是將 電冰箱(1 )設定爲急速冷卻模式的話,如第11 ( b )圖所 示,用來顯示冷空氣的方向之顯示手段(1 60 ),和顯示急 速運轉模式之記號(1 6 1 ),和顯示急速冷卻模式之記號 (167 ),會被顯示在第一顯示部(130a )上,在與電冰箱 (1 )的運轉模式切換到急速冷卻模式的同時,會用例如 「這是冷卻運轉模式!」等的聲音制導,來告知電冰箱 (1 )的運轉模式。另外,關於聲音制導的設定、解除設 定,會在後面說明。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 被顯示在第一顯示部(130a )上的方向顯示手段 (1 60 ),係如第1 2圖中所示,由利用冷空氣風向變更手 段來顯示被供給到冷藏室(1 00 )的冷空氣的供給方向之第 一方向顯示記號(160a)、第二方向顯示記號(160b)、第 三方向顯示記號(1 60c )之三個記號所構成;第1 2 ( a )圖 係方向顯示手段(1 60 )所被顯示的狀態,第1 2 ( b )圖係 第一^方向顯75 號(16 0 a )所被顯不的狀態’弟1 2 ( c )圖 係第二方向顯示記號(1 60b )所被顯示的狀態,第1 2 ( d ) 圖係第三方向顯示記號(1 60c )所被顯示的狀態。 在本實施形態中,藉由操作冷卻按鈕(1 23a ),如第 12(a)圖所示,用來表示方向顯示手段(160)和用來表示 急速運轉模式的記號(161 )會被顯示在第一顯示部 (130a)上。從第12(a)圖所顯示的狀態起’藉由進一步 操作冷卻按鈕(123a )’如第12 ( b )圖所示’第一方向顯 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) -35- 528848 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(33) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 不日3號(160a)會被顯不在在第一顯示部(i30a)上,而可 以任意地或選擇性地設定從冷空氣風向變更手段(7〇〇 )供 給到冷藏室(1 00 )內的冷空氣的供給方向。若是進一步操 作冷卻按鈕(12 3 a )的話,如第12 ( c ) 、12 ( d )圖所 示’第二方向顯示記號(1 60b )和第三方向顯示記號 (160c)會依序被顯不在第一顯示部(i30a)上,而可以任 意地或選擇性地設定從冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )供給到 冷藏室(1 00 )內的冷空氣的供給方向。藉由這樣的設定, 由於可以針對被放置在冷藏室內食品的位置來供給冷空 氣,所以可以及早地進行有效率的冷卻。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 然後,在完成電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式或冷空氣的供給 方向的設定之後,經過一定的時間,電冰箱(1 )會以急速 冷卻模式開始動作,並且藉由例如「急速冷卻模式開始運 轉!」等的聲音制導,來告知電冰箱(1 )已經以急速冷卻 模式開始動作了。又,在本實施形態中,急速冷卻模式開 始運轉後,冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )就會改變方向朝向 在方向顯示手段(160)中所表示的方向,一邊集中冷空氣 朝向該方向供給,一邊以預先設定的時間來進行急速冷卻 運轉。 在上述實施形態中,雖然顯示出係處於朝向所被選擇 的方向來供給冷空氣的狀態,但是如第1 3 ( d )圖所示,可 以將方向顯示手段(1 60 )顯示在第一顯示部(1 30 )上, 以遍及於冷藏室(1 00 )內的全方位上供給冷空氣。在第1 3 (d )圖的狀態下,冷空氣風向變更手段(700 )係於冷藏 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3今 室(100 )內旋轉,一面將冷空氣供給到冷藏室(100 )內 的整體上,一面進行急速冷卻運轉。又,隨著急速冷卻運 轉的進行,被顯示在第一顯示部(1 3 0 )上的方向顯示手段 (160),會如第 13 ( a) 、13 ( b) 、13 ( c) ' 13 ( d)圖 中所示的狀態,反覆地被顯示出來。藉此,就可以用視覺 性的方法確認冷空氣的流動。另外,在第一顯示部(1 30 ) 上,不論所被顯不的是第一方向顯示記號(1 60a )、第二 方向顯示記號(160b)、第三方向顯示記號(160c)之任何 一項,都會如第 13(a) 、13(b) 、13(c) 、13(d)圖 中所示的狀態,反覆地被顯示出來。 然後,一旦經過了預先被設定的預定時間,則會藉由 例如「急速冷卻運轉結束了!」等的聲音制導或電子音等, 來告知急速冷卻運轉的結束,並且會使液晶顯示面板 (1 30 )的顯示回到如第11 ( a )圖所示的狀態,而電冰箱 (1 )會進行平常的運轉。 如此一來,在本實施形態中,在第一顯示部(1 30a ) 上方向顯示手段(1 60 )被顯示的狀態下,藉”由操作冷卻按 鈕(123a),由於係使第一方向顯示記號(160a)、第二方 向顯示記號(160b)、第三方向顯示記號(160c),在第一 顯示部(1 30a )上一個接一個地被依次加以選擇,進而將 其結果顯示在顯示部上,所以就可以將冷空氣集中供給到 合乎使用者目的之任意的方向上。再者’在本實施形態 中,由於係將電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式設定或動作開始時、 動作終了時等製作成藉由聲音來告知’所以可以輕易地確 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X:297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -37- 528848 A7 _B7_ 五、發明説明(3$ 認電冰箱(1 )的運轉狀態。 另外,在本實施形態中,藉由操作解凍按鈕 (123a),被顯示在地一顯示部(130a)上的記號(167) 上的顯示,會從「冷卻」變成「解凍」,電冰箱(1 )的運 轉模式雖然被設定成急速解凍模式,但是除了記號(1 67 ) 的顯示之外,被顯示在第一顯示部(1 30a )上的內容,會 和急速冷卻模式下的情況一樣,又,由於冷空氣風向變更 手段(700 )的控制也和急速冷卻變更手段一樣,故省略其 詳細的說明。 操作解凍按鈕(123b)時,也和操作冷凍按鈕(12 3a) 時的狀況一樣,例如,藉由「這是急速解凍!」、或是「開 始急速解凍模式運轉!」等等的聲音制導、電子音等,來告 知電冰箱(1 )的運轉開始、運轉結束。又,在本實施形態 中,構成顯示部(1 22 )的液晶顯示面板雖然藉由半反射鏡 (140 )隱藏起來,但是並不只限定於此。例如,在電冰箱 (1 )平常運轉時,構成顯示部(1 22 )的液晶顯示面板的 周圍會變暗而不起眼,藉由操作了操作部(1 2 1 ),使液晶 顯示面板的周圍變亮,使被顯示在液晶顯示面板上的顯示 內容顯示出來亦可。 接著,關於操作冷凍按鈕(1 23c )時的狀況,參照第 14圖加以說明。在電冰箱(1 )進行平常的運轉的狀態下, 操作冷凍按鈕(123c),若是將電冰箱(1)定爲急速冷凍 模式的話,如第14圖所示,顯示急速冷凍模式的記號 (162)會被顯示在第一顯示部(139a)上,當電冰箱(1) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐] ----------- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -38- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(均 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 的運轉模式切換到急速冷凍模式時,會用聲音來告知電冰 箱(1 )的運轉模式。例如,當將電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式 改成急速冷凍模式時,就會以「這是急速冷凍模式!」等的 聲音制導來告知運轉模式。 在設定完急速冷凍模式之後,經過一定的時間,電冰 箱(1 )會以急速冷凍模式開始動作,並且以「急速冷凍模 式開始運轉!」等的聲音制導,或藉由顯示急速冷凍模式開 始運轉的電子音,來告知電冰箱(1 )以急速冷凍模式開始 運轉,在預先被設定的時間內進行急速冷凍運轉。 然後,一旦經過了預先設定的時間,就會以「急速冷 凍運轉完畢!」等的聲音制導、或藉由表示急速冷凍運轉完 畢的電子音等,來告知急速冷凍運轉模式的終了,並且使 電冰箱回到平常的運轉狀態。然後,在回到平常的運轉狀 態經過一段時間之後,構成顯示部(1 22 )的液晶顯示面板 會藉由半反射鏡(140 )隱藏起來,電冰箱(1 )則是持續 平常的運轉。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 接著,參照第15圖,說明聲音制導的設定和非設定。 第1 5圖係顯示聲音制導的設定狀態以及非設定狀態的圖, 其中,第15 ( a )圖係顯示聲音制導的設定狀態,第15 (b )圖係顯示聲音制導的非設定狀態的圖。 在本實施形態中,係藉由冷凍按鈕(123c )來進行聲 音制導的設定和非設定。具體而言,係藉由持續按住冷凍 按鈕(123c ) —定的時間,例如持續按3秒,用來顯示第 1 5 ( a )圖中所示之聲音制導的設定狀態之記號(1 64 )就會 i紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇><297公釐) ' -39 - 528848 A7 ___ B7_ 五、發明説明(3》 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 熄燈,而第一顯示部(1 30a )上的顯示就會如第1 5 ( b )圖 中所示的狀態,聲音制導裝置會變成非設定的狀態。當聲 音制導裝置處於非設定的狀態下,電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式 設定時間、或動作開始時、動作結束時所發出的聲音制導 或電子音等,都不會發出聲音,而且當操作各個操作按鈕 時,也不會發出電子音。 當再度設定聲音制導時,藉由持續按住冷凍按鈕 (123c ) —定的時間,例如持續按3秒,則用來顯示聲音 制導的設定狀態之記號(1 64 )就會亮燈,而第一顯示部 (1 30a )上的顯示就會如第1 5 ( a )圖中所示的狀態,聲音 制導裝置會變成設定的狀態。當聲音制導裝置處於設定的 狀態下,如上所述,就會進行電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式設定 時間、或動作開始時、動作結束時的聲音制導,並且使當 操作各個操作按鈕時的電子音發出聲音。另外,在本實施 形態中,雖然係利用冷凍按鈕(1 23c )來進行聲音制導的 設定與非設定,但是無論是用冷卻按鈕(1 23a )或者是解 凍按鈕(123a)來進行聲音制導的設定與非設定都無妨。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 接著,關於操作第二按鈕群(124 )時的顯示部 (122)的顯示狀態,參照第16至第19圖加以說明。 首先,參照第16至第19圖,說明關於本實施形態的 電冰箱(1 )的定時器機能之其中一種實施形態。在第i 6 至第1 9圖中,係顯示第三顯示部(1 30c )的顯示狀態的其 中—^例。 在本實施形態中,如上所述,例如,藉由操作冷卻按 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 29*7公釐) ~ " -40- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(3$ 鈕(1 2 3 a ),電冰箱(1 )的運轉模式切換到急速冷卻運 轉,雖然會在預先設定的時間內進行急速冷卻運轉,但是 並不只限定於此,也可以因應使用目的來設定急速冷卻運 轉的時間。具體而言,內藏於電冰箱(1 )內的微電腦控制 中,可設定的時間長短係以預定的時間間隔來被記憶著 的,可以藉由被收納在冷藏室(1 00 )內的食品的狀態,例 如,具有收納的食品時的溫度,來設定急速冷卻運轉的時 間。關於本實施形態中的電冰箱,作爲其中一例,其急速 冷凍時間被設定成30分鐘,操作冷卻按鈕(123a),在經 過一定的時間之後,電冰箱(1 )會在30分鐘內進行急速 冷卻運轉。此時,在從操作冷卻按鈕(1 23a )到經過一定 時間之前,若是操作定時按鈕(1 24b )的話,第三顯示部 (1 30c )的顯示就會成爲第1 6 ( b )圖中的狀態,電冰箱 (1 )的急速冷卻運轉時間會被設定成60分鐘。若是進一 步操作定時按鈕(1 24b )的話,第三顯示部(1 30c )的顯示 就會成爲第1 6 ( b )圖中的狀態,電冰箱(1 )的急速冷卻 運轉時間會被設定成9 0分鐘。另外,在第16 ( b )圖中, 急速冷卻運轉的設定時間雖然會被設定成只到90分鐘爲 止,但是並不只限定於此,舉凡從30分鐘到180分鐘(3 小時)都是可以被設定的。又,在本實施形態中,雖然將 急速冷卻運轉時間設定成固定的間隔,例如,設定成以30 分鐘爲間隔,但是並非只限定於此,也可以用1 〇分鐘爲單 位或是以一小時爲單位來設定急速冷卻運轉時間。然後, 在設定完進行急速冷卻的時間之後,經過一定的時間,電 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ~ ' -41 - I--------^1 — (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、11 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(邛 冰箱(1 )會以所設定的時間開始運轉,並且藉由聲音制導 或電子音等,將急速解凍運轉開始的訊息告知使用者。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 又,在本實施形態中,操作解凍按鈕(1 23b )的情況 下,並非只在預先被設定的時間下進行急速解凍運轉,也 可以設定合乎使用目的的急速解凍運轉時間。有關於本實 施形態的電冰箱,作爲其中一例,將急速解凍運轉的時間 設定爲一小時(60分鐘),來進行急速解凍運轉。此時, 操作解凍按鈕(123b )之後在經過一段時間之前,若是操 作定時按鈕(124b)的話,第三顯示部130c的顯示就會變 成第17 (a)圖的狀態,電冰箱(1)就會顯示出進行急速 冷解凍運轉的最短時間。在本實施形態中,將該最短時間 作爲其中一例,設定成15分鐘,第三顯示部(130c)的顯 示係自第17 (a)圖起,進而操作定時按鈕(124 b)的話, 在第三顯示部(1 30c )上進行急速解凍運轉的時間,會被 依第17 ( b ) 、( c ) 、( d )的順序顯示,電冰箱(1 )就 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 可以設定進行急速解凍運轉的時間。另外,在本實施形態 中,急速解凍運轉的設定時間雖然最大只顯示到兩小時 (120分鐘),但是並非只限定於此,從15分鐘到最多4 小時(240分鐘)都可以設定。又,在本實施形態中,顯示 出進行急速解凍運轉時間的最短時間之狀態下,雖然設定 成急速解凍運轉時間,但是並不只限定於此。例如,以預 先被設定的預定時間爲基準,可以以10分鐘爲單位或一小 時爲單位來設定急速解凍運轉時間。然後,在進行急速解 凍運轉時間的設定完成之後,當經過了一定的時間,電冰 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -42- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 ____ B7___ 五、發明説明(4() 箱(1 )會以被設定的時間來開始急速解凍運轉,並且藉由 聲音制導或電子音等,將開始進行急速解凍運轉的訊息告 知使用者。 如此一來,在本實施形態中,由於可以藉由定時器功 倉g,將電冰箱(1 )中的急速冷卻運轉、或是急速冷凍運轉 的進行時間,依所合乎的使用目的來加以設定,所以可以 提供使用便利性良好的電冰箱。 接著,參照第18及第19圖,說明關於本實施形態中 電冰箱(1 )的定時器機能之其他的實施形態。 在電冰箱(1 )進行運轉的狀態下,一旦操作了定時按 鈕(124b )的話,第三顯示部(130c )的顯示,就會切換到 如弟18(a)圖的狀ftg ’问時’冷藏室按紐(124c)及冷凍 室按鈕(124d ),會切換到定時器時間設定按鈕上。在本 實施形態中,係製作成例如冷藏室按鈕(1 24c )會切換到 設定「分」的設定操作按鈕,冷凍室按鈕(124 d)會切換 到設定「秒」的設定操作按鈕。 第三顯示部(1 30c )在第1 8 ( a )圖中所示的狀態下, 若是操作冷藏室按鈕(124c)的話,第三顯示部(13〇c)的 顯示,就成爲如同第1 8 ( b ) 、( c )圖,可以將定時器的 時間設定爲以「分」爲單位。當將定時器的時間設定爲以 「分」爲單位之後,若是操作冷凍室按鈕(124d)的話, 第三顯示部(130c )的顯示,就成爲如同第19 ( a )圖所 示,自該狀態下進一部操作的話,第三顯示部(13〇c )的 顯示,就切換成成如同第19 ( b) 、( c)圖所示,可以將 本&張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) '— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -43- 528848 A7 _____ B7 五、發明説明( 定時器的時間設定爲以「秒」爲單位。在本實施形態中, 係可以將該定時器時間的「秒」的設定,設定成以1 〇秒爲 單位。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 然後,一旦定時器時間設定完畢,操作定時器按鈕 (1 24b )的話,定時器機能就會動作,並且藉由聲音制導 或電子音等,來告知定時器開始運轉的訊息。又,即使是 經過了定時器設定時間,仍可藉由聲音制導或電子音等, 來告知定時器機能終了的訊息。 如此一來,在本實施形態中,例如,利用在電冰箱 (1 )上具有定時器的機能,可以將該定時器機能作爲廚房 定時器來使用。然後,當將該定時器機能作爲廚房定時器 來使用時,由於可以進行例如在烹調作業中所使用的電子 微波爐等的使用時間、或在電冰箱(1 )所進行急速冷卻、 急速解凍等的時間管理,所以可以依此進行整體烹調作業 的管理。 接著,參照第20圖,說明關於操作切換室按鈕 (124a)時顯示部(122a)的顯示。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第20圖,係顯示在第二顯示部(130b )上,切換室 (3 00 )的設定狀態所被顯示的狀態。電冰箱(1 )在進行 運轉的狀態下,若是操作切換室按鈕(1 24a )的話’第二 顯示部(130b.)的顯示就會變成如第20 ( a )圖中所顯示的 狀態,在切換室(300 )中所有可能被設定的貯藏室都會被 顯示出來,並且切換室(300 )的設定會成爲被解除的狀 態。從如第20 ( a )圖所示的狀態起,若是進一步操作切換 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -44 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(岣 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 室按鈕(124a )的話,則第二顯示部130 ( b )的顯示就會 成爲如第第20 ( b )圖所示的狀態,成爲在冷凍室中選擇切 換室(300 )的狀態。從如第20 ( b )圖所示的狀態起,若 是進一步操作切換室按鈕(124a)的話,則第二顯示部130 (b )的顯示,就會再度成爲第20 ( a )圖的狀態,成爲切 換室(300 )的選擇被解除的狀態。之後,藉由操作切換室 按鈕(124a),第二顯示部130 ( b)的顯示,就會依次以 第20 ( b) 、( c) 、( d)圖的順序來切換。也就是說,在 本實施形態中,在將切換室(300 )設定成合乎使用目的貯 藏室之前,藉由操作切換室按鈕(124a ),可以反復地進 行切換室(300 )的選擇、解除,直到將切換室(300 )設 定成合乎使用目的貯藏室。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 然後,在將切換室(300 )設定成合乎使用目的狀態 下,一旦停止了切換室按鈕(1 24a )的操作,在經過一段 時間之後,切換室(300 )會作爲所被設定的貯藏室來開始 運轉,並且如第 20 ( e )圖所示,被設定了的切換室 (300 )的狀態會被顯示在第二顯示部(130b)上。在本實 施形態中,如第20 ( e )所示,係顯示出將切換室(300 ) 設定在局部區隔室的狀態。又,在本實施形態中,聲音制 導裝置若是成爲「ON」的話,則當操作切換室按鈕 (124a )時,.會以變換不同音階而成的電子音,來告知切 換室(300 )的選擇狀態。 如此一來,在本實施形態中,由於將切換室(300 )的 選擇狀態以視覺性的方式顯現出來,並且使用電子音等聽 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) " ' 一 -45 - 528848 A7 ___B7___ 五、發明説明(岣 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 覺性的方式來告知,所以不必開閉切換室(300 )的開閉門 (30),就可以確認切換室(300 )的設定狀態,從而提昇 了切換室(300 )的使用便利性。 接著,參照第21至第23圖,說明關於製冰按鈕 (124e)的機能。第21圖係顯示自動製冰裝置結構的圖, 第22以及23圖,係顯示第三顯示部(1 30c )的顯示狀態的 其中一例的圖。 如第21圖所示,自動製冰裝置,係由下所構成:被裝 設在冷藏室(1 00 )的給水槽(1 02 )、和被裝設在製冰室 (400 )的製冰盤(901)、和從給水槽(102)供水到製冰 盤(901)之給水泵(902)及給水導管(903 )、和過濾器 (904 )。該製冰裝置,通常,在電冰箱(1 )運轉的狀態 下,每隔一定的時間間隔,給水泵(902 )就會透過過濾器 (904 )將水從給水槽(102 )吸上來,再透過給水導管 (903 )將水供給到製冰盤(901 ),藉此進行製冰。被製 成的冰塊就會被收納在冰收納盒( 402 )中。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在本實施形態中,可以將該自動製冰裝置,對於例如 在夜間等會在意到的壓縮機(601)(參照第2圖)的運轉 聲或冰水滴落聲等等,藉由操作其製冰按鈕(124e),來 暫時使之停止。操作製冰按鈕(1 24e ),來暫時使之停止 的狀態,係被顯示在第三顯示部(Π0 ),用來顯示自動製 冰模式的記號(16 5 )會成爲如弟2 2 ( a )圖中所示的狀 態,顯示成使自動製冰裝置暫時停止的狀態。暫時停止的 自動製冰裝置,在經過一定的時間後,就會解除該暫時停 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐1 " "" -46 - 528848 A7 _B7_._ 五、發明説明(4今 止的設定,再度會每隔一段時間開始製冰。在本實施形態 中,係將自動製冰裝置的暫時停止的時間,設定爲例如8 小時。 又,第三顯示部(130c )的顯示內容,係於第22 ( a ) 圖的狀態下,藉由進一步操作製冰按鈕(1 24e ),被顯示 在第三顯示部(130c )上的記號(165 )會成爲如第22 (b )圖所示,自動製冰裝置的動作就會被停止。停止下來 的自動製冰裝置,在再度操作製冰按鈕(124e )之前,會 停止製冰。 接下來,根據第21圖,參照第23圖,說明關於自動 製冰裝置的清掃。自動製冰裝置的淸掃,例如藉由多次操 作製冰按鈕(124e),可以將顯示出如第23 ( a)圖中所示 的淸掃模式之記號(1 66 ),顯示在第三顯示部(1 30c ) 上,藉此設定出自動製冰裝置的淸掃模式。然後,當記號 (166)被顯示在第三顯示部(130c)之後,在經過一定的 時間之後,給水泵(902 )就會透過過濾器(904 )將水從 給水槽(102 )吸上去,透過給水導管(903 )將水反復數 次地供給到製冰盤(901 )上,藉此就可以進行製冰盤 (901 )以及給水導管(903 )的淸掃。又,當自動製冰裝 置正在淸掃時,第三顯示部(130c )的顯示,係如第23 (a ) 、 ( b )圖中所示,用來表示自動製冰模式的記號 (1 65 )和用來表示淸掃模式的記號(1 66 )會閃爍顯示, 並且藉由電子音等的聲音,來告知電冰箱(1 )係處於自動 製冰裝置的淸掃模式。另外,在本實施形態中,對應於記 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -47- 528848 A7 _B7__ 五、發明説明(邛 號(1 65 )及記號(1 66 )的閃爍狀態,會發出電子音等的 聲音。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如此一來,在本實施形態中,由於可以進行製冰盤的 淸掃,以及以往不會被淸掃到的給水導管(903 )的淸掃, 所以就可以使用到衛生的自動製冰裝置。另外,在本實施 形態中,即使當自動製冰裝置的淸掃模式被設定時,冷藏 室(100 )以及蔬果室(200 )、切換室(300 )、冷凍室 (500 ),仍會分別依循所被設定的運轉模式,來進行運 作。 接著,參照第24圖,說明關於冷藏室按鈕(124c)的 機能。第24圖,係表示當操作冷藏室按鈕(124c)時的第 三顯示部(130c )的顯示狀態的模示圖。 在第24圖中,第三顯示部(130c)的顯示狀態,若是 在第24(a)圖中所示的狀態下操作冷藏室按鈕(124c)的 話,則會被顯示在第三顯示部(1 30c )的其中一側上也就 是標記有「強·中·弱」的一側,顯示壓縮機回轉數之記 號(1 80 )會移動,成爲如第24 ( b )圖中所示的狀態。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在本實施形態中,記號(1 80 )愈靠近「強」的位置, 由於壓縮機(601 )(參照第2圖)的回轉數會變得愈高, 所以冷卻能力就會愈高,並且降低冷藏室(1 〇〇 )的庫內溫 度。 在第24 ( b )圖的狀態下,進一步操作冷藏室按鈕 (124c)的話,則記號(180)的位置,就會如第24 ( c) 圖所示,成爲「強」的位置。在第24 ( c )圖的狀態下,壓 用中國國家標準( CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -48- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(岣 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 縮機(601 )的回轉數會增高,被供給到冷藏室(100 )的 冷空氣溫度就會降低。從該狀態起,進一步操作冷藏室按 鈕(124c )的話,則記號(180 )會依照第24 ( b )、 (a ) 、( d ) 、( e )圖的順序被顯示出來,在第24 ( e ) 圖的狀態下,壓縮機(60 1 )的回轉數會降低,而使被供給 到冷藏室(100)的冷空氣溫度上昇。 在本實施形態中,操作冷藏室按鈕(124c ),決定了 記號(180 )的位置,在決定了壓縮機(601 )的回轉數之 後,經過一定的時間,冷藏室(100 )內的庫內溫度會被調 節,第三顯示部(130c )的顯示,會成爲如第24 ( f)圖中 所示的狀態,可以顯示出對應於壓縮機(60 1 )的回轉數之 冷藏室(100)的庫內溫度。 在本實施例中,雖然是針對冷藏室(1〇〇 )加以說明, 但是冷凍室( 500 )的溫度調節也可以藉由操作冷凍室按鈕 (124d ),使記號(185 )的顯示位置,來進行與冷藏室 (100 )相同的溫度調節。另外,關於記號(1 85 )的移 動,由於與記號(1 80 )相同,故省略其詳細的說明。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如此一來,在本實施形態中,由於可以將冷藏室 (100 )以及冷凍室(500 )的庫內溫度,依合乎使用目的 地加以調節,所以可以提供便於使用冷藏室(1〇〇 )以及冷 凍室(500 )之良好的電冰箱。 另外,在本實施形態中,雖然將冷藏室(100 )以及冷 凍室(500 )的庫內溫度,藉由壓縮機(601 )的回轉數來 加以調節,但是如第25圖所示,以數値顯示在第三顯示部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐1 " -49 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4乃 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (13 0c)上的庫內溫度,也可以藉由操作冷藏室按鈕 (1 24c )以及冷凍室按鈕(1 24d )來增減’進而進行冷藏室 (100)以及冷凍室(500 )的溫度調節。第25圖’係藉由 操作冷藏室按鈕(124c )以及冷凍室按鈕(124d ) ’來顯示 出調節以數値顯示的庫內溫度之狀態之模不圖’從第24 (a )圖所顯示的狀態起,藉由操作冷藏室按鈕(1 24c )以 及冷凍室按鈕(124d),第三顯示部(13 0c)的顯示,會成 爲在第25 ( a ) 、( b )圖中所示的狀態,可以將冷藏室 (100 )以及冷凍室(500 )的溫度調節,以一度的刻度來 調節。藉此,和使用第24圖所說明的溫度調節相同,可以 將冷藏室(100 )以及冷凍室(500 )的庫內溫度,依合乎 使用目的地加以調節。又,針對這種以一度的刻度所作的 溫度調節,隨著被顯示的溫度的數値的增減,會使被設在 第三顯示部(130c )其中一側端部上的定時器(180 )、 (185)產生連動,也可以對應於被調節的溫度,來設定壓 縮機(601)的回轉數。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另外,在本實施形態中,如第24及25圖所示,雖然 只將冷藏室(100)的溫度設定在攝氏+2度到攝氏+4度之 間,冷凍室(500 )的溫度(圖中未示)設定在攝氏-18度 到攝氏-16度之間,但是並不限定於此。關於在本實施形態 中的電冰箱(.1 ),可以將冷藏室(1 00 )的溫度設定在攝 氏+2度到攝氏+8度的範圍,冷凍室(500 )的溫度(圖中 未不)設定在攝氏-22度到攝氏-14度的範圍。特別是,冷 凍室(500 ),雖然平常是被設定在攝/氏-1 8度,但是,例 本紙張尺度適财酬家鮮(CNS ) A4胁(21GX297公釐) " 一 -50 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4$ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如當急速冷凍運轉時等,當使冷卻能力提昇時,由於可將 前述冷凍室(500 )的設定溫度設定在-18度以下,所以可 以高效率地進行急速冷凍運轉。又,例如藉由將前述冷凍 室(500 )的設定溫度設定在-18度以上,由於壓縮機 (601 )的回轉數會變低,所以可以進行電冰箱(1 )的省 電運轉。 接著,參照第26圖,說明關於當電冰箱(1 )故障 時,第三顯示部(130c )的顯示狀態,例如,若是當電冰 箱(1 )進行運轉時產生故障的話,在第三顯示部(1 30c ) 上,就會顯示出如第26 ( a )圖的異常訊息,並且以電子音 等來告知。該異常訊息的顯示,會以表示故障位置的記號 來顯示。然後,當發生故障時,在故障的地方被修理好之 前,第三顯示部(130c)的顯示,會依第26 ( a) 、( b) 圖的順序反覆閃爍來加以顯示,同時電子音等也會因應閃 爍顯示來發出聲音。另外,關於電子音,若是將上述聲音 制導設定成「OFF」的話,就可以消掉該聲音。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如此一來,在本實施形態中,由於將電冰箱(1 )的故 障狀態,以表示故障位置的記號用閃爍來顯示,並且藉由 電子音等來告知,所以可以提供可馬上知道故障狀態的電 冰箱。 如上所述,在本實施形態中,雖然係將電冰箱(1 )的 狀態,以第一顯示部(130a)、第二顯示部(130b)、第三 顯示部(130c )來顯示,不過並非被限定於此。例如,藉 由操作第一按鈕群(123)或第二按鈕群(124),也可以 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格 1210x297公釐) 一 -51 - 528848 A7 _ B7 __ 五、發明説明(岣 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 將顯示在第一顯示部(130a)、第二顯示部(13 0b)、第三 顯示部(1 3 0 c )之任一部的顯不內容’顯示在整體的顯示 部(1 22 )上。藉此,由於可以將電冰箱(1 )的運轉狀態 以更大的顯示狀態來顯示,所以可以進一步提昇其視覺辨 認性。 接著,參照第27圖,說明關於開閉門(10 )以及把手 部(11 )的結構。第27圖,爲開閉門的零件展開圖,其係 由下所構成:構成開閉門(10 )的門面的門構件(10a )、 和構成把手部(11 )的把手構件(1 la )、和構成開閉門 (10 )的上表面之上表面構件(10b )、和構成開閉門 (10 )的下表面之下表面構件(10c )、和顯示出電冰箱 (1)的操作以及其動作狀態之操作顯示部(120)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 把手構件(11 a ),係由握把部(1 2 )、和被配置有操 作顯示部(120 )之平面部(1 3 )、和被設置在握把部 (12 )的周圍之手牽引凹部(14 ),藉由樹脂成形來加以 一體成形的。握把部(1 2 ),從側面看來係被形成爲向前 方撐出成弧狀的構造,爲一種容易握、容易拉的形狀。平 面部(1 3 ),被形成有用來配置操作顯示部(1 20 )之凹部 (1 3a ),操作顯示部(1 20 )則係當開閉門(1 〇 )組裝完之 後,被安裝在凹部(1 3a )上所成。 接著,說明開閉門(10 )的組裝工程。首先,在利用 樹脂成形所一體成形的把手構件(1 la )上,藉由安裝了 : 構成握把部(1 2 )背面的背面構件(1 2a )、和構成把手構 件(1 la )背面的背面構件(1 lb ),來構成把手部(11 )。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ~ -52- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(邛 然後,將該把手部(11),安裝在構件(l〇a) 、( 10b)以 及門構件(1 〇a )上,當將圖中未示的配線等配置在門構件 (1 Oa )的背面上之後,再將構成圖中未示的開閉門(1 〇 ) 的內壁面之內壁構件加以安裝,在門構件(10a )與內壁構 件之間,藉由將隔熱材發泡充塡,而使門構件(1 0a )和把 手構件(11)、構件(10a) 、( l〇b) —體化,在將其一體 化之後,操作顯示部(1 2Q ),會與被安裝在凹部(1 3a )的 配線相連接,例如,與連接器(1 3b )等相連接,而被安裝 在凹部(13a)上,形成了開閉門(10)。 藉由這樣的結構,當在操作顯示部(1 20 )上有發生破 損或故障時,由於可以將操作顯示部(1 20 )從凹部(1 3a ) 取下來,所以使操作顯示部(120 )具有良好的維修性。 【第二實施形態】 第28到30圖,係表示關於該發明的第二實施形態之 模示圖,第28圖係電冰箱的外觀圖,第29圖係當外門被 取下狀態的電冰箱正面圖,第30圖係操作顯示部的外觀 圖。 在第28圖中,以(la)表示電冰箱,係由下所構成: 具備開閉門(10 )而被配置在電冰箱(la )的最上部之冷 藏室(100 ).、和具備拉出門(30 )而被配置在冷藏室 (100)的下方之蔬果室(200 )、和具備拉出門(30)而被 並排配置在蔬果室(200 )下方之切換室(300 )、和具備 拉出門(40 )之製冰室(400 )、和具備拉出門(50 )而被 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ----------— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)-29 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (about (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) (1) Set in the rapid cooling operation mode and perform the control of the cold air wind direction changing means (700). Cold air wind direction The control of the changing means (700) is to operate the operation unit (121) to drive the motor (704) to rotate the cylindrical ventilation pipe (701) to selectively set the cooling supply to the refrigerating compartment (100). The direction of the air. Then, after the cold air supply direction is determined, the microcomputer control (630) will increase the number of rotations of the compressor (601), and make the circulation fan (608) operate, and the circulation fan that starts the operation will suck in the cold air. Air, so that cold air flows into the cylindrical ventilation pipe (701). The cold air flowing into the cylindrical ventilation pipe (701) passes through a plurality of cold air supply ports (717) and a plurality of blowout ports ( 610), the cold air is supplied in a concentrated direction toward the cold air supply direction set in the refrigerating compartment (100). Then, after the rapid cooling operation is started, the cycle is circulated if a preset time has passed. The fan (608) will stop and stop the supply of cold air from the cylindrical air duct (701), so that the refrigerator (1) will run normally. The print is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs as described above, according to In this embodiment, by operating the operation unit (121), the cold air wind direction changing means (700) is operated. Since the cold air can be concentratedly supplied to a place for storing food that must be rapidly cooled, it can be efficiently performed. The food is rapidly cooled. According to the present embodiment, the refrigerating compartment (100) is used as an example. Even when cooked food that does not require additional heating is stored, cold air can be selectively supplied to such cooked food. It can quickly eliminate the uneven temperature in the refrigerator compartment (100). Then, for the operation display unit installed in front of the opening and closing door (10), the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm)- 30- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2 $ (120), refer to Figures 9 and 10 for illustration. Figure 9 shows the structure of the operation display section (1 20), the i The figure is the bottom view of the operation display section (丨 20). In FIG. 9, the 'operation display section (120) is composed of the operation section (1 2 1) for operating the refrigerator (1), and the display refrigerator (1) The operating state display section (122) is composed of the operation section (12 丨), which is composed of a first operation button group (123) and a second operation button group (1 24) having a plurality of operation buttons. By operating the first operation button group (1 23) and the second operation button group (1 24), a rapid cooling operation, a rapid defrosting operation, a rapid freezing operation, etc. can be performed on the refrigerator (1). The first operation button group (1 23) is mainly provided with a function of indicating the operation mode of the refrigerator (1). In this embodiment, the cooling button (123a) indicates the rapid cooling operation of the refrigerator, and the defrosting button (123b) Indicate the rapid defrosting operation of the refrigerator. The freeze button (.1 23c) indicates the rapid defrosting operation of the refrigerator. These operation buttons are in the vertical direction from the top to the bottom according to the cooling button (123a), thawing button (123b), and freezing button. The order of (123c) is configured. The second operation button group (1 24) is mainly provided with a switch room button (for controlling the operation state of each storage compartment constituting the refrigerator (1)). 124a), time setting button (124b), refrigerator compartment button (124c) that controls the operating status of the refrigerator compartment (100), refrigerator compartment button (124d) that controls the operating status of the freezing compartment (500), and ice-making compartment (400) ) Ice-making button (124e) in the running state. These operation buttons are in the paper size of the first operation button group (123). The Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applicable. (Please read the Note for this page, please fill in this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-31- 528848 A7 ___B7 V. Description of the invention (2 $ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page), in the vertical direction From top to bottom, they are arranged in the order of switching room button (24a), time setting button (124b), refrigerating room button (124c), freezer button (124d), and ice making button (I24e). Display section (1 twenty two ), A plurality of display areas are provided. In this embodiment, the display area is configured to display the direction toward the refrigerating compartment (100) by the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) or the cold air wind direction changing means (700). ) A first display section (130a) of the supply direction of the supplied cold air, etc .; and a second display section (130b) showing the operating state of the switching chamber (300); and a display section of the freezing chamber (500) The third display section (130c) of the operation status, etc. In this embodiment, the display section (122) is composed of a vertically-shaped liquid crystal panel. Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Fig. 10 illustrates the internal structure of the operation display unit (120). In Fig. 10, the operation display unit (120) includes a surface panel (800) forming a surface thereof and a substrate (810) forming a back surface thereof. The outer panel of the operation display unit (120) is formed by the surface panel (800) and the substrate (810). A half mirror (140) is provided on the surface panel (800). The first configuration Operation button group (123) and second operation button group (1 24 Each operation button is composed of a button cover (126) arranged on the surface panel (800) and a button (127) covered by the button cover (126). The button cover (126) is from the surface panel (800) is slightly protruded and provided. The display section (1 22) composed of a liquid crystal display panel is provided with a display content showing the operating status of the refrigerator (1), and is fixed by means of (8 20a), (820b) ), On the inner surface of the surface panel (800) and the substrate. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) -32- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (3 () (810) It is fixed, and the operating state of the refrigerator (1) is displayed on the surface panel (800). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) On the substrate (810), each operation button that constitutes the first operation button group (123) and the second operation button group (124) is installed. The start switch (830) and LEDs (840) and (850) that emit light in response to the operation of the switch (830). On the inner surface of the liquid crystal display panel, a light guide plate for guiding light emitted by the LED (850) to the liquid crystal display panel is installed. For the operation display unit (1 20) constructed as above, in the normal state, the LEDs (840) and (850) will be turned off, and the display content of the liquid crystal display panel will be hidden by the half mirror (140). Half mirrors function as ordinary mirrors. From this state, by operating any of the operation buttons constituting the first operation button group (123) and the second operation button group (124), the switch (830) can be started, so that the LED (840), the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The printed (8 50) printed by the employee consumer cooperative lights up. The LED (840) is used to illuminate light toward the operated operation button. By operating the operated operation button, the button operated by the operator can be displayed. The light emitted from the LED (850) is guided by a light guide plate (135) to a display portion (1 22) composed of a liquid crystal display panel, and the light emitted from the liquid crystal display panel is used to form a first operation button group. (123) and any operation button of the second operation button group (124), so that the indicated operating state of the refrigerator (1) will pass through the half mirror (140) installed on the surface panel (800), and It is displayed with a surface panel (800). Then, after a certain period of time, the LEDs (840) and (850) will turn off, and the display content of the display section (122) will apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) according to this paper size -33- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (31 Concealed by the half mirror (140). At this time, the half mirror functions as a normal mirror. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) In this embodiment, the operation states of the operation buttons of the first operation button group (123) and the second operation button group (124) and the operation status of the refrigerator (1) are displayed only within a certain time. 'Therefore, the LEDs (840) and (850) do not have to light up frequently, and can reduce the power consumption of the refrigerator (1). Next, for the operation of the operation button (121) and the display content of the display section (122), The description will be made with reference to Figs. 11 to 26. First, referring to Figs. 11 to 15, the contents displayed on the display section (1 22) when the first button group (123) is operated will be described. Fig. 11 Department of operation display (1 20) One example of the display state is shown in Figs. 12 and 13 which are examples of the display state of the first display section (130a), and Fig. 14 is an example of the display state of the operation display section (1 20). Figure 15 shows an example of the display state of the first display unit (130a). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In this embodiment, the refrigerator (1) is in a normal operation state The display content of the display unit (122) will be hidden by using the half mirror (140). From this state, the cooling button (123a), the defrosting button (123b), and the freezing button (12 3c) are operated. As shown in Fig. 11 (a), the display content of the display section (1 22) hidden by the half mirror (140) will be displayed. Fig. 11 (a) This is the normal operation of the refrigerator (1) in this embodiment. For example, it shows the power-saving operation of the refrigerator (1), the sound guidance "ON", the fruit and vegetable room and the refrigerating room of the switching room (300). Carry this paper at +2 degrees Celsius (CNS) A4 specification (210X29? Mm) -34- 528848 A7 ___B7____ 5. Description of the invention (3 $ rotation, the freezer is operating at -18 degrees Celsius. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) From this state, for example, by operating the cooling button (123a) and setting the refrigerator (1) to the rapid cooling mode, as shown in FIG. 11 (b), a display means for displaying the direction of the cold air ( 1 60), and the symbol (1 6 1) showing the rapid operation mode, and the symbol (167) showing the rapid cooling mode, will be displayed on the first display portion (130a), during operation with the refrigerator (1) When the mode is switched to the rapid cooling mode, for example, "This is the cooling operation mode! "And other voice guidance to inform the operation mode of the refrigerator (1). In addition, the setting and cancellation of voice guidance will be described later. The direction of the direction display means (1 60) displayed on the first display section (130a) by the consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is shown in Fig. 12 by using cold air wind direction changing means to display the The supply direction of the cold air supplied to the refrigerating compartment (100) is composed of three marks: a first direction display mark (160a), a second direction display mark (160b), and a third direction display mark (160c); 1 2 (a) is the state displayed by the direction display means (1 60), and the first 12 (b) is the state displayed by the first ^ direction display No. 75 (16 0 a) 'brother 1 2 (c) The figure shows the state in which the display mark (1 60b) is displayed in the second direction, and the picture 12 (d) shows the state in which the display mark (1 60c) is displayed in the third direction. In this embodiment, by operating the cooling button (123a), as shown in FIG. 12 (a), a direction display means (160) and a mark (161) indicating a rapid operation mode are displayed. On the first display section (130a). From the state shown in Figure 12 (a), 'by further operating the cooling button (123a)' as shown in Figure 12 (b) ', the paper size in the first direction is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 21〇X297mm) -35- 528848 A7 ______B7 V. Description of the invention (33) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) No. 3 (160a) will be displayed on the first display section (i30a ), The supply direction of the cold air supplied from the cold air wind direction changing means (700) to the refrigerating compartment (100) can be set arbitrarily or selectively. If the cooling button (12 3 a) is further operated, as shown in Figs. 12 (c) and 12 (d), 'the second direction display mark (1 60b) and the third direction display mark (160c) will be sequentially displayed. Instead of the first display section (i30a), the supply direction of the cold air supplied from the cold air wind direction changing means (700) to the refrigerating compartment (100) can be set arbitrarily or selectively. With this setting, since the cold air can be supplied to the food placed in the refrigerating compartment, efficient cooling can be performed early. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. After completing the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) or the setting of the supply direction of cold air, the refrigerator (1) will start to operate in the rapid cooling mode after a certain period of time. In addition, a voice guidance such as "Start of the rapid cooling mode!" Is used to inform the refrigerator (1) that the operation has been started in the rapid cooling mode. In this embodiment, after the rapid cooling mode is started, the cold air wind direction changing means (700) changes direction to the direction indicated by the direction display means (160), and the cold air is concentratedly supplied toward the direction, The rapid cooling operation is performed at a preset time. In the above-mentioned embodiment, although it is shown that the cold air is supplied in the selected direction, as shown in FIG. 13 (d), the direction display means (1 60) may be displayed on the first display. The cold air is supplied to the refrigerator (1 30) in all directions in the section (1 30). In the state shown in Figure 13 (d), the means for changing the direction of cold air (700) is refrigerated -36- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) 528848 A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation (3) The room is rotated in the room (100), and the rapid cooling operation is performed while supplying cold air to the entirety of the refrigerating room (100). The rapid display operation is displayed on the first display section The direction display means (160) on (1 3 0) will be repeatedly displayed as shown in Figures 13 (a), 13 (b), 13 (c) '13 (d). Borrow In this way, it is possible to visually check the flow of cold air. In addition, on the first display portion (1 30), the first direction display mark (1 60a) and the second direction display mark are displayed regardless of whether they are displayed. Any one of (160b) and the third direction display mark (160c) will be repeatedly displayed as shown in Figures 13 (a), 13 (b), 13 (c), and 13 (d). Then, once the preset time has elapsed, the "rapid cooling operation is over!" Waiting for voice guidance or electronic sound to inform the end of the rapid cooling operation and return the display of the liquid crystal display panel (1 30) to the state shown in Figure 11 (a), while the refrigerator (1) will In this way, in this embodiment, in the state where the direction display means (1 60) is displayed on the first display section (1 30a), by “operating the cooling button (123a), as the system The first direction display mark (160a), the second direction display mark (160b), and the third direction display mark (160c) are selected one by one on the first display section (130a), and then The result is displayed on the display unit, so that the cold air can be supplied in any direction according to the user's purpose. Furthermore, in this embodiment, since the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) is set or the operation is started Time, end of action, etc. are made to tell by sound, so you can easily confirm that the paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X: 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-37- 528848 A7 _B7_ V. Description of the invention (3 $ Recognize the operating state of the refrigerator (1). In addition, in this embodiment, by operating the thaw button ( 123a), the display on the mark (167) displayed on the ground display unit (130a) will change from "cooling" to "thawing". Although the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) is set to the rapid thawing mode, but Except for the display of the mark (1 67), the content displayed on the first display section (1 30a) will be the same as that in the rapid cooling mode, and the control of the cold air wind direction changing means (700) is also Since it is the same as the rapid cooling changing method, its detailed description is omitted. When operating the defrosting button (123b), the situation is the same as when operating the freezing button (12 3a), for example, by voice guidance such as "This is a rapid defrosting!" Or "Starting the rapid defrosting mode operation!" Electronic sounds and the like inform the start of the operation of the refrigerator (1) and the end of the operation. In this embodiment, the liquid crystal display panel constituting the display section (1 22) is hidden by the half mirror (140), but it is not limited to this. For example, during normal operation of the refrigerator (1), the periphery of the liquid crystal display panel constituting the display portion (1 22) becomes dark and inconspicuous. By operating the operation portion (1 2 1), the periphery of the liquid crystal display panel is made dark. It may be brightened to display the display content displayed on the liquid crystal display panel. Next, the situation when the freeze button (123c) is operated will be described with reference to FIG. When the refrigerator (1) is in normal operation, the freezing button (123c) is operated, and if the refrigerator (1) is set to the rapid freezing mode, as shown in FIG. 14, a symbol (162) of the rapid freezing mode is displayed. ) Will be displayed on the first display section (139a). When the refrigerator (1) this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) ----------- ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-38- 528848 A7 B7 V. Operation of the invention (both (please read the precautions on the back before completing this page) When the mode is switched to the quick freeze mode, the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) will be notified with a sound. For example, when the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) is changed to the quick freeze mode, the "This is the quick freeze mode" "!" And other voice guidance to inform the operation mode. After setting the quick freeze mode, after a certain period of time, the refrigerator (1) will start operating in the quick freeze mode, and the voice will start in "rapid freeze mode!" Guidance , Or by displaying the electronic sound of the start of the quick freeze mode to inform the refrigerator (1) to start the operation in the quick freeze mode and perform the quick freeze operation within a preset time. Then, once the preset time has passed, It will use the voice guidance such as "Fast freezing operation is complete!" Or an electronic sound indicating the completion of the rapid freezing operation to inform the end of the rapid freezing operation mode and return the refrigerator to the normal operating state. Then, After a period of time after returning to the normal operating state, the liquid crystal display panel constituting the display section (1 22) will be hidden by the half mirror (140), and the refrigerator (1) will continue to operate normally. Wisdom of the Ministry of Economy Printed by the employee's consumer cooperative of the property bureau Next, the setting and non-setting of the voice guidance will be described with reference to Fig. 15. Fig. 15 is a diagram showing the setting state and the non-setting state of the voice guidance, of which Fig. 15 (a) is The setting state of the sound guidance is shown, and FIG. 15 (b) is a diagram showing the non-setting state of the sound guidance. In this embodiment, the The freeze button (123c) is used for setting and non-setting of voice guidance. Specifically, it is displayed by continuously holding down the freeze button (123c) for a fixed time, for example, continuously pressing for 3 seconds, to display the first 15 (a ) The mark (1 64) of the setting state of the voice guidance shown in the figure will apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 > < 297 mm) '-39-528848 A7 ___ B7_ V. Description of the invention (3 "(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Turn off the light, and the display on the first display (1 30a) will As shown in Figure 15 (b), the sound guidance device will be in a non-set state. When the sound guidance device is in a non-set state, the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) is set for a time or when the operation starts , The sound guidance or electronic sound issued at the end of the action will not sound, and when the operation buttons are operated, the electronic sound will not be emitted. When setting the sound guidance again, keep pressing the freeze button ( 123c)-for a fixed time, for example, if you continue to press for 3 seconds, the mark (1 64) used to display the setting state of the sound guidance will be lit, and the display on the first display section (1 30a) will be as shown in the first 5 (a) In the state shown in the figure, the sound guidance device will be set. When the sound guidance device is in the set state, as described above, the operation mode of the refrigerator (1) will be set for time or action At the beginning, the action ends The sound guidance at the time of the beam is made, and the electronic sound when the operation buttons are operated is sounded. In addition, in this embodiment, although the freeze button (123c) is used for setting and non-setting of the sound guidance, whether it is It is possible to use the cooling button (123a) or the thawing button (123a) to set or not set the voice guidance. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Next, the display when the second button group (124) is operated The display state of the unit (122) will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 19. First, with reference to FIGS. 16 to 19, one embodiment of the timer function of the refrigerator (1) according to this embodiment will be described. Figs. I 6 to 19 show examples of the display state of the third display section (130c). In this embodiment, as described above, for example, it is applied to the paper size by operation cooling. China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 29 * 7 mm) ~ " -40- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (3 $ button (1 2 3 a), operation mode switch of refrigerator (1) To the cold Although the rapid cooling operation is performed within a preset time, the operation is not limited to this. The rapid cooling operation time can also be set according to the purpose of use. Specifically, the microcomputer built in the refrigerator (1) In the control, the settable time period is memorized at predetermined time intervals, and can be set by the state of the food stored in the refrigerating compartment (100), for example, the temperature when the food is stored Time for rapid cooling operation. As an example, the refrigerator in this embodiment has its rapid freezing time set to 30 minutes and the cooling button (123a) is operated. After a certain period of time, the refrigerator (1) will The rapid cooling operation was performed within 30 minutes. At this time, before a certain period of time has passed from the operation of the cooling button (1 23a) until the timer button (1 24b) is operated, the display on the third display section (1 30c) will become the one shown in Fig. 16 (b). State, the rapid cooling operation time of the refrigerator (1) is set to 60 minutes. If the timing button (1 24b) is further operated, the display on the third display portion (1 30c) will become the state shown in Figure 16 (b), and the rapid cooling operation time of the refrigerator (1) will be set to 9 0 minutes. In addition, in Fig. 16 (b), although the setting time of the rapid cooling operation is set to 90 minutes, it is not limited to this. For example, from 30 minutes to 180 minutes (3 hours) can be set. Set. In this embodiment, the rapid cooling operation time is set at a fixed interval, for example, at 30-minute intervals, but it is not limited to this. The unit may be 10 minutes or one hour. Set the rapid cooling operation time in units. Then, after the time for rapid cooling is set, after a certain period of time, the paper size of the computer applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ~ '-41-I -------- ^ 1 — (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page), 11 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (邛 Refrigerator (1) will start to run at the set time, In addition, the user is notified of the start of the rapid defrosting operation by voice guidance or electronic sound. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) Also, in this embodiment, operate the defrosting button (1 23b). In this case, not only the rapid defrosting operation is performed only at a preset time, but also a rapid defrosting operation time that is suitable for the purpose of use. As one example, the refrigerator of this embodiment sets the rapid defrosting operation time to One hour (60 minutes) to perform rapid thawing operation. At this time, after operating the thawing button (123b) and before a certain period of time elapses, if the timing button (124b) is operated In this case, the display of the third display unit 130c will become the state shown in FIG. 17 (a), and the refrigerator (1) will display the shortest time for the rapid cold thawing operation. In this embodiment, this shortest time is taken as In one example, it is set to 15 minutes. The display on the third display unit (130c) starts from Figure 17 (a), and if the timing button (124 b) is operated, the third display unit (130c) is quickly thawed. The operation time will be displayed in the order of 17 (b), (c), (d), and the refrigerator (1) can be set for the rapid thawing operation printed on the employee consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, although the setting time of the rapid thawing operation is displayed up to two hours (120 minutes), it is not limited to this, and it can be set from 15 minutes to a maximum of 4 hours (240 minutes). Also, in In the present embodiment, although the quickest defrosting operation time is displayed as the shortest time, the rapid defrosting operation time is set, but it is not limited to this. For example, a predetermined schedule is set in advance. Time as the benchmark, you can set the rapid defrosting operation time in units of 10 minutes or one hour. Then, after the setting of the rapid defrosting operation time is completed, when a certain period of time has passed, the size of the electric ice paper is applicable to the Chinese country Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -42- Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Employee Consumer Cooperative 528848 A7 ____ B7___ V. Description of the invention (4 () Box (1) will start rapid unfreezing at the set time It operates, and informs the user of the message that the rapid thawing operation is started by voice guidance or electronic sound. In this way, in this embodiment, since the timer cooling chamber g can be used to set the time of the rapid cooling operation or the rapid freezing operation in the refrigerator (1), it can be set according to the intended use purpose. , So can provide a refrigerator with good convenience. Next, another embodiment of the timer function of the refrigerator (1) in this embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 18 and 19. When the refrigerator (1) is in operation, once the timer button (124b) is operated, the display on the third display section (130c) will switch to the shape of ftg as shown in Figure 18 (a). The refrigerator compartment button (124c) and freezer compartment button (124d) will switch to the timer time setting button. In this embodiment, for example, the refrigerator compartment button (1 24c) is switched to a setting operation button for setting "minutes", and the freezer compartment button (124 d) is switched to a setting operation button for setting "seconds". When the third display section (130c) is in the state shown in FIG. 18 (a), if the refrigerator compartment button (124c) is operated, the display of the third display section (130c) becomes the same as the first display 8 (b), (c), you can set the timer time in "minutes". After the timer time is set to "minutes", if the freezer button (124d) is operated, the display on the third display section (130c) will become as shown in Figure 19 (a). If one operation is performed in the state, the display of the third display section (13c) will be switched to the one shown in Figures 19 (b) and (c). This & Zhang scale can be applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) ) A4 specification (210X297mm) '— (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A-43- 528848 A7 _____ B7 V. Description of the invention (The time of the timer is set in "seconds". In In this embodiment, you can set the "second" of the timer time in units of 10 seconds. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) Then, once the timer time is set, When the timer button (1 24b) is operated, the timer function will be activated, and the voice guidance or electronic sound will be used to inform the timer to start the operation. Even if the timer set time has elapsed, it can still be borrowed. Voice-guided or electric A consonant, etc., to inform the end of the timer function. In this way, in this embodiment, for example, by using the function of a timer in the refrigerator (1), the timer function can be used as a kitchen timer. Then, when the timer function is used as a kitchen timer, it is possible to perform, for example, the use time of an electronic microwave oven used in cooking operations, or the rapid cooling, rapid thawing, etc. in the refrigerator (1). Therefore, the overall cooking operation can be managed accordingly. Next, referring to Fig. 20, the display of the display section (122a) when the switch room button (124a) is operated will be described. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Fig. 20 shows the state displayed on the second display section (130b) and the setting state of the switching room (3 00). When the refrigerator (1) is in operation, if the switching room button (1 24a), the display of the second display section (130b.) Will change to the state shown in Fig. 20 (a), and all of them may be set in the switching room (300). The storage room will be displayed, and the setting of the switching room (300) will be released. From the state shown in Figure 20 (a), if the operation is further switched, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -44-528848 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (岣 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) If the room button (124a) is pressed, the display of the second display 130 (b) As shown in FIG. 20 (b), the switching chamber (300) is selected in the freezing chamber. From the state shown in FIG. 20 (b), if the switch room button (124a) is further operated, the display of the second display unit 130 (b) will be in the state shown in FIG. 20 (a) again. The selection of the switching room (300) is released. After that, by operating the switch room button (124a), the display of the second display portion 130 (b) is sequentially switched in the order of figures 20 (b), (c), and (d). That is, in this embodiment, before the switching room (300) is set to a storage room suitable for the purpose of use, the switching room (300) can be repeatedly selected and released by operating the switching room button (124a). Until the switching room (300) is set to a storage room suitable for the purpose of use. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. After setting the switching room (300) to a state suitable for use, once the operation of the switching room button (1 24a) is stopped, after a period of time, the switching room (300 ) Will start operation as the set storage room, and as shown in FIG. 20 (e), the status of the set switching room (300) will be displayed on the second display section (130b). In this embodiment, as shown in the 20th (e), the state in which the switching chamber (300) is set to the local compartment is shown. In addition, in this embodiment, if the voice guidance device is turned "ON", when the switch room button (124a) is operated, electronic sounds of different scales are changed to inform the selection of the switch room (300). status. In this way, in this embodiment, since the selection state of the switching room (300) is visually displayed, and the electronic paper is used to listen to this paper, the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 standard (210X 297 male) is applied. %) &Quot; 'I-45-528848 A7 ___B7___ V. Description of the invention (岣 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) to inform you in a perceptual manner, so it is not necessary to open and close the opening and closing door (30) of the switching room (300) ), You can confirm the setting state of the switching room (300), thereby improving the convenience of the switching room (300). Next, the function of the ice making button (124e) will be described with reference to Figs. 21 to 23. The figure is a diagram showing the structure of the automatic ice making device, and FIGS. 22 and 23 are diagrams showing an example of the display state of the third display section (130c). As shown in FIG. 21, the automatic ice making device is composed of It is composed of a water supply tank (1 02) installed in the refrigerating compartment (100), an ice tray (901) installed in the ice making chamber (400), and water supplied from the water supply tank (102) to Water supply pump (902) and water supply duct of ice making tray (901) ( 903), and a filter (904). In this ice-making device, normally, when the refrigerator (1) is running, the feed pump (902) passes water through the filter (904) to pass water through the filter (904). It is sucked up from the water supply tank (102), and then supplies water to the ice tray (901) through the water supply pipe (903), thereby making ice. The produced ice cubes are stored in the ice storage box (402). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, the automatic ice-making device can be used for the operation sound of the compressor (601) (refer to FIG. 2) that may be noticed at night or the like The sound of ice dripping and the like is temporarily stopped by operating the ice making button (124e). The state of temporarily stopping the ice making button (1 24e) is displayed on the third display section ( Π0), the symbol (16 5) used to display the automatic ice-making mode will be in the state shown in the figure 2 2 (a), and it will be displayed in a state where the automatic ice-making device is temporarily stopped. Automatic ice-making that is temporarily stopped Device, after a certain period of time, the temporary suspension of paper The scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm1 " " " -46-528848 A7 _B7 _._ V. Description of the invention (4) The setting up to now will start to make ice again at regular intervals In this embodiment, the time during which the automatic ice making device is temporarily stopped is set to, for example, 8 hours. The display content of the third display unit (130c) is in a state shown in FIG. 22 (a), By further operating the ice making button (1 24e), the mark (165) displayed on the third display portion (130c) will become as shown in Fig. 22 (b), and the operation of the automatic ice making device will be stopped. . The stopped automatic ice making device will stop the ice making before operating the ice making button (124e) again. Next, referring to Fig. 21 and Fig. 23, the cleaning of the automatic ice making device will be described. The sweep of the automatic ice-making device, for example, by operating the ice-making button (124e) multiple times, the mark (1 66) showing the sweep mode as shown in Fig. 23 (a) can be displayed in the third The display section (130c) sets the sweep mode of the automatic ice making device. Then, after the mark (166) is displayed on the third display section (130c), after a certain period of time, the feed pump (902) will suck the water from the feed tank (102) through the filter (904), Water is repeatedly supplied to the ice-making tray (901) through the water-supply pipe (903), thereby sweeping the ice-making tray (901) and the water-supply pipe (903). In addition, when the automatic ice making device is sweeping, the display on the third display section (130c) is as shown in Figures 23 (a) and (b), and the symbol (1 65) used to indicate the automatic ice making mode ) And a mark (1 66) used to indicate the sweep mode, and a sound such as an electronic sound is used to inform that the refrigerator (1) is in the sweep mode of the automatic ice-making device. In addition, in this embodiment, the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applied to the paper size of the notebook. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) Order the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed -47- 528848 A7 _B7__ V. Description of the invention (The blinking state of the 1 (1 65) and the mark (1 66) will emit electronic sounds and other sounds. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) In this way, in this embodiment, since the sweeping of the ice making tray and the sweeping of the water supply duct (903) which has not been swept in the past can be performed, a sanitary automatic ice making device can be used. In addition, in this embodiment, even when the sweep mode of the automatic ice making device is set, the refrigerating compartment (100), the fruit and vegetable compartment (200), the switching compartment (300), and the freezing compartment (500) still follow each other. The operation mode is set to operate. Next, the function of the refrigerator compartment button (124c) will be described with reference to Fig. 24. Fig. 24 shows a third display portion when the refrigerator compartment button (124c) is operated. 130c) is a schematic diagram showing the display state of the third display unit (130c) in FIG. 24. If the refrigerator compartment button (124c) is operated in the state shown in FIG. 24 (a), It will be displayed on one side of the third display section (1 30c), that is, the side marked "strong · medium · weak", and the mark (1 80) showing the number of revolutions of the compressor will move as shown in the figure. 24 (b) The state shown in the figure is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, the mark (1 80) is closer to the "strong" position, because the compressor (601) (refer to the second The higher the number of revolutions, the higher the cooling capacity, and the lower the temperature in the refrigerator compartment (100). In the state shown in Fig. 24 (b), further operate the refrigerator compartment button ( 124c), the position of the mark (180) will become a "strong" position as shown in Figure 24 (c). In the state of Figure 24 (c), the Chinese National Standard (CNS) will be used A4 specifications (210X297 mm) -48- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (岣 (Please read the note on the back first) Please fill in this page again.) The number of revolutions of the shrinking machine (601) will increase, and the temperature of the cold air supplied to the refrigerating compartment (100) will decrease. From this state, if the refrigerating compartment button (124c) is further operated, it will be marked. (180) will be displayed in the order shown in Figure 24 (b), (a), (d), (e). In the state of Figure 24 (e), the number of revolutions of the compressor (60 1) will be displayed. The temperature is lowered, and the temperature of the cold air supplied to the refrigerating compartment (100) is increased. In this embodiment, the refrigerator compartment button (124c) is operated to determine the position of the mark (180). After the number of revolutions of the compressor (601) is determined, a certain period of time elapses in the warehouse in the refrigerator compartment (100). The temperature will be adjusted, and the display on the third display portion (130c) will be in the state shown in Figure 24 (f), and the refrigerating compartment (100) corresponding to the number of revolutions of the compressor (60 1) can be displayed Temperature in the library. In this embodiment, although the refrigerator compartment (100) is described, the temperature adjustment of the freezer compartment (500) can also be performed by operating the freezer compartment button (124d) to make the display position of the mark (185). The same temperature adjustment as that of the refrigerator compartment (100) is performed. In addition, since the movement of the mark (1 85) is the same as the mark (1 80), a detailed description thereof is omitted. This is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, since the temperature in the refrigerator (100) and freezer (500) can be adjusted according to the use destination, it can provide Convenient use of good refrigerators in freezer (100) and freezer (500). In addition, in this embodiment, although the internal temperature of the refrigerating compartment (100) and the freezing compartment (500) is adjusted by the number of revolutions of the compressor (601), as shown in FIG. 25,値 The paper size shown in the third display section is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm 1 " -49-528848 A7 B7. V. Description of the invention (4 is (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) (13 0c), you can also increase or decrease the temperature of the refrigerator compartment (100) and freezer compartment (500) by operating the refrigerator compartment button (1 24c) and the freezer compartment button (1 24d). Temperature adjustment. Fig. 25 is a diagram showing the state of adjusting the temperature in the warehouse displayed by a number of figures by operating the refrigerator compartment button (124c) and the freezer compartment button (124d). From page 24 (a) From the state shown in the figure, by operating the refrigerator compartment button (1 24c) and the freezer compartment button (124d), the display on the third display section (13 0c) will become the 25th (a), (b) In the state shown, the temperature of the refrigerator compartment (100) and the freezer compartment (500) can be adjusted. It can be adjusted with a one-degree scale. In this way, the temperature in the refrigerating compartment (100) and freezer compartment (500) can be adjusted according to the use destination in the same way as the temperature adjustment illustrated in FIG. 24. For this temperature adjustment made on a one-degree scale, as the number of displayed temperatures increases or decreases, a timer (180) provided on one end of the third display portion (130c) will be caused. (185) When the linkage is generated, the number of revolutions of the compressor (601) can also be set according to the temperature being adjusted. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, in this embodiment, such as the 24th and 25th As shown in the figure, although only the temperature of the refrigerator compartment (100) is set between +2 degrees Celsius and +4 degrees Celsius, the temperature of the freezer compartment (500) (not shown) is set from -18 degrees Celsius to- 16 degrees, but it is not limited to this. Regarding the refrigerator (.1) in this embodiment, the temperature of the refrigerating compartment (100) can be set in a range of +2 degrees Celsius to +8 degrees Celsius, The temperature of the freezer (500) (not shown in the figure) is set at -22 ° C Degrees to -14 degrees Celsius. In particular, although the freezer (500) is usually set at 18 degrees Celsius / degrees Celsius, but the paper size is suitable for financial rewards (CNS) A4 (21GX297) (Mm) " I-50-528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4 $ (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). For example, during rapid freezing operation, etc., when the cooling capacity is improved, the Since the set temperature of the freezing chamber (500) is set to -18 degrees or lower, the rapid freezing operation can be performed efficiently. In addition, for example, by setting the set temperature of the freezing chamber (500) to -18 degrees or more, the number of revolutions of the compressor (601) becomes low, so that the power saving operation of the refrigerator (1) can be performed. Next, referring to FIG. 26, the display state of the third display unit (130c) when the refrigerator (1) fails, for example, if a failure occurs when the refrigerator (1) is operating, the third display unit (1 30c), the abnormal message as shown in Figure 26 (a) will be displayed, and it will be notified by electronic sounds. The abnormal message is displayed with a mark indicating the location of the fault. Then, when a fault occurs, before the faulty place is repaired, the display of the third display section (130c) will be repeatedly flashed in the order shown in Figures 26 (a) and (b) to display the electronic sound, etc. It also sounds in response to the flashing display. In addition, as for the electronic sound, if the above-mentioned sound guidance is set to "OFF", the sound can be eliminated. This is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, the fault status of the refrigerator (1) is displayed with a flashing mark indicating the location of the fault, and it is notified by an electronic sound. , So you can provide a refrigerator that can immediately know the fault status. As described above, in this embodiment, the state of the refrigerator (1) is displayed on the first display portion (130a), the second display portion (130b), and the third display portion (130c), but it is not Limited to this. For example, by operating the first button group (123) or the second button group (124), the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 size 1210x297 mm can be applied to this paper size. -51-528848 A7 _ B7 __ 5 Description of the invention (发明 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) will be displayed on any of the first display section (130a), the second display section (130b), and the third display section (130c) One display content is displayed on the entire display section (1 22). As a result, the operating state of the refrigerator (1) can be displayed in a larger display state, so that its visual recognition can be further improved Next, the structure of the opening and closing door (10) and the handle portion (11) will be described with reference to FIG. 27. FIG. 27 is a developed view of the parts of the opening and closing door, which is composed of the following: The door member (10a) on the facade, the handle member (1la) constituting the handle portion (11), the upper surface member (10b) constituting the upper surface of the opening and closing door (10), and the lower part of the opening and closing door (10). The surface member (10c) below the surface and shows the operation of the refrigerator (1) to The operation display section (120) in its operating state. The handle cooperative member (11 a) printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is composed of a grip section (1 2) and a plane configured with the operation display section (120). The part (1 3) and the hand-drawn recess (14) provided around the grip part (12) are integrally formed by resin molding. The grip part (1 2) is formed from a side view. In order to support the arc-shaped structure forward, it is a shape that is easy to hold and easy to pull. The flat portion (1 3) is formed with a recessed portion (1 3a) for disposing the operation display portion (1 20) and an operation display portion. (1 20) is formed after the opening and closing door (10) is assembled and then installed in the recess (1a). Next, the assembling process of the opening and closing door (10) will be described. First, it is integrally formed by using a resin molding station. The handle member (1 la) is formed by mounting: a back member (1 2a) constituting the back of the grip portion (1 2), and a back member (1 lb) constituting the back of the handle member (1 la). Handle (11). This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ~ -52- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (邛 Then, the handle portion (11) is mounted on the component (10a), (10b) and the door component (10a). After wiring and the like not shown in the figure are arranged on the back of the door member (1 Oa), the inner wall members constituting the inner wall surface of the opening and closing door (10) not shown in the figure are installed, and the door member ( 10a) and the inner wall member, the door member (10a), the handle member (11), the members (10a), (10b) are integrated by foaming and filling the heat-insulating material, After integrating them, the operation display section (12Q) is connected to the wiring installed in the recessed section (13a), for example, it is connected to the connector (13b), etc., and is installed in the recessed section (13a). On, the open-close door (10) is formed. With this structure, when the operation display section (1 20) is damaged or malfunctioned, the operation display section (1 20) can be removed from the recessed section (13a), so that the operation display section (120) With good maintainability. [Second Embodiment] Figs. 28 to 30 are model diagrams showing a second embodiment of the invention, Fig. 28 is an external view of a refrigerator, and Fig. 29 is an electric appliance in a state where an outer door is removed. The front view of the refrigerator, FIG. 30 is an external view of an operation display part. In Fig. 28, a refrigerator is represented by (la), which is composed of a refrigerator compartment (100) provided with an opening and closing door (10) and disposed at the uppermost part of the refrigerator (la), and a pull-out door (30) A fruit and vegetable room (200) arranged below the refrigerating compartment (100), and a switch room (300) provided with a pull-out door (30) and arranged side by side under the fruit and vegetable room (200), and a pull-out door (40) of the ice making chamber (400), and with the pull-out door (50), the Chinese standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) is applied to this paper size ------------ ( (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page)

-、1T 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -53- 528848 A7 B7-、 1T Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -53- 528848 A7 B7

五、發明説明(5D (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 配置在電冰箱(1 )的最下部之冷凍室(500 )。開閉門 (10 ),係具備有:用來進行之前電冰箱(la )的運轉狀 態的設定等之操作部(121a )、和被配置有把手部(11 )而 由顯示電冰箱(la )運轉狀態之顯示部(122a )所構成的操 作顯示部。在本實施形態中’上部冷凍室(3 50 )、下部冷 凍室(450 )、以及操作顯示部(120a)的結構都和第一實 施形態中的有所不同’至於其他的部份,由於與第一實施 形態相同,故省略其詳細的說明。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 上部冷凍室(3 5 0 ),被設定在大約-1 8度的庫內溫 度,係用來製冰和保持冰塊以及保存使用頻率高的冷凍食 品之貯藏室,在其庫內具備拉出門(35 ),並且透過拉出 機構(950 )而可以在前後方向上移動地被裝設在庫內而上 方打開之上部冷凍室收納盒(3 5 1 ),在該上部冷凍室收納 盒(351 )中,構成了冷凍室(350 )的收納空間。又,上 部冷凍室(350 ),係在電冰箱內朝上方的一側上被裝設有 圖中未示之自動製冰裝置。然後,上部冷凍室收納盒 (35 1 ),其構造係具備:會在下方承接由自動製冰裝置所 製的冰,並用來保持冰塊的冰塊收納部,和左右並設用來 收納冷凍食品的食品收納部。另外,自動製冰裝置並沒有 特別必須裝設的必要,也可以在上部冷凍室(350 )的上部 設置棚,在該棚上備置置冰盤即可。 又,在食品收納部上,將熱傳導率佳的金屬板鋪設在 其底面上,主要是用來作爲收納必須急速冷凍、或者是使 用頻率高的冷凍食品之收納空間。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) -54 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(勾 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 藉由這些構造,由拉出了拉出門(35 ),由於上部冷 凍室收納盒(35 1 )會被拉出來,所以不必改變太大的姿勢 就可以將收納的食品取出置入,並且可以將上部冷凍室收 納盒(35 1 )從拉出門(35 )取下來淸掃。又,上部冷凍室 收納盒(35 1 )由於被設計成冰收納部與食品收納部分離, 所以可以減輕被保存在冰收納部的冰,所受到由其他食品 飄過來的味道的影響。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 下部冷凍室(450 ),係被設定在大約-18度的庫內溫 度,主要用來收納長期保存的冷凍食品,在其庫內具備拉 出門(35 ),並且透過拉出機構(950 )而可以在前後方向 上移動地被裝設在庫內而上方打開之下部冷凍室收納盒 (451 ),在該下部冷凍室收納盒(451 )中,構成了下部 冷凍室(450 )的收納空間。下部冷凍室收納盒(451 ), 係由被安裝在拉出機構(950a )上的第一下部冷凍室收納 盒(452 ),和位於該第一下部冷凍室收納盒(452 )的上 部而可以沿著第一下部冷凍室收納盒( 452 )的上緣來前後 移動的第二下部冷凍室收納盒(453 )所構成的,在拉出門 (45)被關閉的狀態下,第一下部冷凍室收納盒(452 )和 第二下部冷凍室收納盒(453 ),就在下部冷凍室(45 ) 內,構成被密閉的收納空間。 利用這種兩段構造,在拉出了拉出門的狀態下,由於 第一下部冷凍室收納盒(452 )會被拉出來,進而在該狀態 下使第二下部冷凍室收納盒(453 )與拉出門(45)的動作 連動,或者是可以沿著第一下部冷凍室收納盒(452 )的上 本紙張尺度適用中.國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -55- 528848 A7 _ B7 _ 五、發明説明( (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 緣獨立地移動,所以可以提昇食品的收納效率。特別是, 在本實施形態中,係藉由在第一下部冷凍室收納盒(452 ) 上收納使用頻率低的食品,在第二下部冷凍室收納盒 (453 )上收納相對之下使用頻率高的食品,而可以使一般 人在最高的姿勢下將收納的食品自第二下部冷凍室收納盒 (453 )處取出或置入。 分別被設在上部冷凍室(350 )、下部冷凍室(450 ) 上的開閉門(35 ) 、 ( 45 )上,由橫長形的手牽引部 (36) 、(46),和被形成於該手牽引部(36) 、(46)下 方的手牽引凹部(37 ) 、 ( 47 )所構成的橫向把手 (38 ) 、( 48 ),係由開閉門(35 ) 、( 45 )的上端部兩端 朝向中央形成光滑的圓弧狀。該開閉門(35 )、( 45 ) ’ .係被製作成爲了抬舉手牽引部(36 )、( 46 )而藉由在眼 前拉開來加以打開。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,在該實施形態中,如第29圖所示,在冷凍室 (450 )的後方,裝備有:被裝設在與該冷凍室(450 )的 內壁面相對的位置上,在內部具有壓縮機(601 )之機械室 (602 );和被設置在機械室(602 )的上方,從冷凍室 (4 5 0 )的後方起到上部冷凍室(3 5 0 )的後方’在被裝設 在位於下部冷凍室(450)和與上述冷凍室(350)內壁面 相對向的位置之內部上,具備第一熱交換器(66 1 )和第一 送風風扇(662)之第一冷卻室(660) ’和被δ又置在蔬果 室(200 )的後方,對向於該蔬果室(200 )內壁面位置之 第二冷卻室(670 );和將從第一冷卻室(660 )所供給的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) -56 - 528848 A7 __— _B7 五、發明説明(5今 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 冷空氣供給到下部冷凍室(45〇)和上部冷凍室(35q)上 之第一冷空氣通路(650 );和將第二冷卻室(670 )所供 糸口的冷空氣供給到冷藏室(1 0 0 )之第二冷空氣通路;和具 備有使供給到冷藏室(100)的冷空氣,在冷藏室(100) 內循環之循環風扇(608 )之第三冷空氣通路(609 )。另 外’關於第一冷空氣通路(650 )以外的結構,由於和第一 實施形態中的相同,故省略其詳細的說明。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第一冷空氣通路(650 ),係被形成於第一冷卻室 (660 )的前面壁和上部冷凍室(3 50 )的內面壁之間,並 且具備有上部吹出口( 651 )和下部吹出口( 652 ),將供 給自第一冷卻室(660 )的冷空氣,從上部吹出口( 651 ) 和下部吹出口( 652 )供給到下部冷凍室(450 )上。被供 給到下部冷凍室(450 )的冷空氣,在冷卻了下部冷凍室 (450 )之後,會從冷空氣送回口( 653 )回到第一冷卻室 (660 )。又,第一冷卻通路(650 ),係具備有將冷空氣 供給到上部冷凍室(350 )之冷空氣通路(654 ),將從第 一冷卻室(660 )所供給的冷空氣,藉由第一送風風扇 (662 ),導引至冷空氣通路(654 )中,再將冷空氣從吹 出口( 655 )供給到上部冷凍室(350 )中。被供給到上部 冷凍室(350 )的冷空氣,會在冷卻了上部冷凍室(350 ) 之後,流進下部冷凍室(450 )中,在下部冷凍室(45 0 ) 裡循環了之後,從冷空氣送回口( 653 )回到第一冷卻室 (660) 〇 另外,冷藏室(100 )以及蔬果室(200 )的冷空氣氣 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)_ ~ -57 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(的 流,由於與第一實施形態中的相同,故省略其詳細的說 明。 如此一來,在本實施形態中,由於裝設有將冷空氣供 給到上部冷凍室(350 )和下部冷凍室(450 )之第一冷卻 室(660 )、和將冷空氣供給到冷藏室(1 〇〇 )之第二冷卻 室(670 ),所以可以將冷空氣有效率地供給到各貯藏室 中。 接著,參照第30圖’說明操作顯示部(120a )。在第 30圖中,操作顯示部(120a ),係被裝設在形成於握把部 (12 )上方的平面部(13 )上(參照第28圖),並且係由 用來操作電冰箱(1 a )的操作部(1 21 a )、和顯示電冰箱 (la )的運轉狀態的顯示部(122a )所構成’操作部 (121a)和顯示部(122a),係互相並列配置著的。操作部 (121a ),如第30圖所示,係由操作按鈕(1210 )、 (1 220 ) 、( 1 230 ) 、( 1240 ) 、( 1 250 )所構成’在本實 施形態中,係例舉爲··冷卻按鈕(121 〇 )、啓動按鈕 (1220 )、冷藏室按鈕(1 230 )、冷凍室按鈕(1 240 )、製 冰按鈕(1250 )。 顯示部(1 22a ),係由縱長的液晶顯示面板所構成’ 在本實施形態中,顯示部(122a )係由第一顯示部 (1 300a)和第二顯示部(1 300b)所構成,被顯示在顯示部 (122a )上的內容,係例如在第30圖中所示一般。另外’ 藉由操作按鈕(1210 )〜(1 250 )的機能以及操作按鈕 (1210)〜(1 250 )的操作,關於被顯示在顯示部(122a) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準⑽戰格(21〇x靖^ 县 ----------0 II (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(56) 上的內容,由於和第一實施形態中的相同,故省略其詳細 的說明。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 藉由製作成這樣的結構,由於可以將操作顯示部 (120a)(操作部(121a)及顯示部(122a))設置在靠近 使用者站立視線位置所成的把手部(1 1 )的上方,所以使 用者不必大幅改變姿勢,就可以用接近立視線的高度,來 進行電冰箱的操作以及動作狀態的確認等等。 .【第三實施形態】 接著,參照第31及32圖,說明關於本發明的電冰箱 之第三實施例。在第31圖,係表示將操作顯示部配置在開 閉門(1 0 )的略中央的位置之狀態圖。第32圖,係顯示開 閉門(1 0 )的結構之零件展開圖。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如第3 1圖中所示,在該實施形態中,把手部(1 la ) 和操作顯示部(1 28 )係被獨立加以設置,把手部(1 la ), 係由被形成於握把部(12a)周圍之手牽引用的凹部(14a) 所構成的。又,操作顯示部(1 28 ),係被安裝在形成於開 閉門(10)中央上的構件(127)上。第31 ( a)圖,係操 作顯示部(1 28 )將所被配置的構件(1 27 )配置於開閉門 (10 )中央之例示圖,第31 ( b )圖,係將操作顯示部 (1 28 )配置於被形成爲縱長形狀的構件(1 27 )的略中央 部位之例示圖,第31 ( c )圖,係將被形成爲縱長形狀的構 件(127),以兩個構件(127a) 、( 127b)來構成,將操 作顯示部(128 )配置在構件(127a )上,將兩個構件 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -59- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(句 (127a) 、(127b)配置在開閉門(1〇)的中央位置之例示 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖。另外,被顯示在操作顯示部(1 20b )上的內容,係和 第一實施形態及第二實施形態中的相同,又,由於即使是 開閉門(10 )以外的結構,也和第一實施形態及第二實施 形態中的相同,故省略其詳細的說明。 接著,參照第32圖,說明關於開閉門(10)的結構。 第32圖,係第31 ( b)圖中所示的開閉門(10)的零件展 開圖。在第32圖中,開閉門(1〇 ),係由構成開閉門 (1 0 )的門面之門構件(1 〇〇〇 )、和進行開閉門(1 〇 )的開 閉動作之握把部(1 2a )、和構成開閉門(1 〇 )的上表面之 上表面構件(1010)、和、構成開閉門(10)的下表面之 下表面構件(1020 )、和被配置在開閉門(1〇 )的中央之 構件(127 )、和被安裝在該構件(127 )上而用來顯示電 冰箱的操作及其動作狀態之操作顯示部(1 28 )所構成的。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 握把部(12a ),從側面看來係被形成爲朝前方撐出的 弧狀,爲一種易握、易拉的形狀,在握把部(12a )的周圍 上被形成有手牽引凹部(14a)。又,孔(129)係被形成於 構件(1 27 )上,操作顯示部(1 28 ),係藉由嵌合在該孔 (129)上,而被安裝於構件(127)上。 接著,說明關於該開閉門(10 )之裝配工程。首先, 在門構件(1000 )上,係被安裝有握把部(12a )及構件 (127)和操作顯示部(128)。顯示部(128),構成其表 面之表面面板(128a)係利用嵌合在孔(129)上而被安裝 於構件(127 )上,顯示部(128 )所安裝上去的構件 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -60- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(5$ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (127 ),係藉由嵌合在被形成於門構件(1000 )的溝 (1030 ),而被安裝在門構件(1000 )上的。構成顯示部 (128 )的背面之基板(128b ),係位於被形成在溝 (1030 )上的孔(1040 ),透過該孔(1040 ),以支持構件 (1 050 )來加以支持。在基板(128b)的背面上,例如,被 裝設有連接器等的配線(圖示中省略),該配線,會通過 被形成於支持構件(1 050 )上的孔(1060 ),與被配置於門 構件(1000 )的背面上之圖中未示的配線等相連接。 然後,在握把部(1 2a )及操作顯示部(1 28 )的安裝、 配線等的配置完成之後,將構成上表面構件(1〇1〇 )、 (1020 )、以及前述開閉門(1〇 )的內壁面之圖中未示的 內壁構件安裝在門構件(1000 )上,在前述門構件(10a) 和前述內壁構件之間,藉由將隔熱材發泡充塡,·來形成開 閉門(10)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如此一來,將操作顯示部(1 28 ),配置在與形成開閉 門(1 0 )的材料爲不同材料的構件(1 27 )上,藉由將該構 件(1 27 )設在開閉門(1 〇 )的略中央部位上,既強調了操 作顯示部(128 )的存在,並且可以提昇視覺辨認性。 【第四實施形態】 接著’參照第33到第44圖,說明關於本發明之電冰 箱的第四實施形態。 首先’使用第3 3圖和第3 4圖,說明關於本發明之電 冰箱構造的槪略。第3 3圖係關於本發明第四實施形態中的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -61 - 528848 A7 ____ B7_ _ 五、發明説明(网 電冰箱的正面圖,第34圖係顯示同一電冰箱構造槪略的縱 剖面圖。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 電冰箱本體(1 c ),係藉由外箱(2c )和內箱(3c )和 被充塡於其間的隔熱材(4c )所形成,具備有箱體狀的形 狀。該電冰箱(1 c ),係形成有多數個用來收納物品而可 加以貯藏的貯藏室所形成的。這些貯藏室,從上面起,計 有:冷藏室(5c)、蔬果室(6c)、切換室(7c)、製冰室 (8c)、以及冷凍室(9c)。又,在冷藏室(5c)的底部, 被裝設有冰溫冷凍室(以下稱之爲冰溫室)(5a)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在這些貯藏室(5c )〜(9c )的前面側,被裝設有用來 開閉貯藏室的扉(l〇e)〜(14e)。在本實施形態中,在冷 藏室(5 c )的前面,藉由被裝設在電冰箱的左右之任一側 上的支持部,而被裝設有可自由旋轉而被支持著的回轉扉 (10e ),另一方面,在蔬果室(6c )、切換室(7c )、製 冰室(8c)、以及冷凍室(9c)的前面,藉由軌道等來裝設 可自由拉出並被支持住的拉出扉(lie)〜(14e)。再者, 形成冷藏室(5c )的回轉扉(10e),在其關閉的狀態下, 係被裝設有張出於冷藏室(5c )內側的複數個的袋體 (5b ) 〇 在蔬果室(6c)和切換室(7c)、製冰室(8c)及冷凍 室(9c )之間,爲了降低兩室之間的熱傳達,係藉由具有 隔熱材的隔熱分隔壁(15c )來加以區隔。在蔬果室 (6c )、切換室(7c )、製冰室(8c )及冷凍室(9c )的後 方,被形成有冷卻器室(18c ),被用來配置冷卻器 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210'〆297公釐) -62- 528848 A7 ___________ 五、發明説明(叫 (16c )、冷卻器用風扇(17c )。在該冷卻器室(18c )和 蔬果室(6c )之間隔著一個隔熱分隔壁(15c ),該隔熱分 隔壁(1 5c )係於蔬果室(6c )的後方朝上下方向延伸所形 成的。 在冷卻器室(1 8c )中,在冷卻器(1 6c )的上方係被配 置有冷卻器用風扇(17c )。在冷卻器室(18c )的上方,係 將冷藏室(6c )和該冷卻器室(1 8c )加以連通,被形成有 使藉由冷卻器(1 6c )冷卻其內部的冷空氣流過之冷空氣通 路(1 9c ),利用受到被裝設在風扇(1 7c )後方側的風扇用 馬達(20c )驅動來造成旋轉的風扇(17c ),冷空氣會通過 冷空氣通路(19c),然後被供給到冷藏室(5c)上。在該 冷空氣通路(19c )上,爲了將冷藏室(5c )的溫度調節到 適當的範圍,而被裝設有用來調節被供給到冷藏室(5c ) 的冷空氣量之緩衝風門(21 c )。 又,藉由冷卻器(1 6c ),被冷卻的冷空氣,係同時從 風扇(16c)起朝向前方流出,將被配置在冷卻器室(i8c) 和蔬果室(6c )或者是切換室(7c )、製冰室(8c )以及冷 凍室(9c )之間的冷空氣通路加以降下,而流入切換室 (7c)、製冰室(8c)以及冷凍室(9c),將切換室 (7c )、製冰室(8c )以及冷凍室(9c )加以冷卻。 從冷卻器室(18c)起,透過緩衝風門(21c),而通過 冷空氣通路(1 9c )的冷空氣,係於通過緩衝風門(2丨c ) 後,沿著內箱(3c )的壁面上昇通過冷藏室(5c )的背面側 而形成了冷空氣通路(19c)。又,該冷空氣通路(19c), 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) "—""-- -63- I---------—丨 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} -訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 528848 A7 _B7V. Description of the invention (5D (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The freezer compartment (500) located at the bottom of the refrigerator (1). The opening and closing door (10) is equipped with: An operation unit (121a) for setting the operating state of the refrigerator (la), and an operation display unit including a handle (11) and a display unit (122a) for displaying the operation state of the refrigerator (la). In this embodiment, 'the structures of the upper freezing chamber (3 50), the lower freezing chamber (450), and the operation display unit (120a) are different from those in the first embodiment'. As for the other parts, The first embodiment is the same, so detailed descriptions are omitted. The upper part of the freezer compartment (350) printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is set at a temperature of about -18 degrees, and is used to make ice. It is equipped with a pull-out door (35) in the storehouse for holding ice cubes and storing frozen foods that are frequently used, and is installed in the storehouse and can be moved upward and downward through the pull-out mechanism (950). We open upper part and freeze A storage box (3 5 1) constitutes a storage space for the freezer compartment (350) in the upper freezer compartment storage box (351). The upper freezer compartment (350) is attached to the upper side of the refrigerator. An automatic ice-making device (not shown) is installed on the upper part. Then, the upper freezer storage box (35 1) has a structure that can receive the ice made by the automatic ice-making device below and hold the ice. The ice storage section of the block and the food storage section for storing frozen food are arranged side by side. In addition, the automatic ice making device is not particularly necessary, and a shed may be provided on the upper part of the upper freezer compartment (350). An ice tray may be installed on the shed. In the food storage section, a metal plate with a high thermal conductivity is laid on the bottom surface, and is mainly used for storing frozen food that must be rapidly frozen or used frequently. The storage space of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) -54-528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (check (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) By pulling out the pull-out door (35), the upper freezer compartment storage box (35 1) will be pulled out, so the stored food can be taken out and placed without changing the attitude too much, and the upper freezer compartment can be stored. The box (35 1) is taken out from the pull-out door (35) and swept. In addition, since the upper freezer storage box (35 1) is designed to separate the ice storage section from the food storage section, the number of items stored in the ice storage section can be reduced. Ice is affected by the taste of other foods. The lower freezer (450) printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is set at a temperature of about -18 degrees, mainly used for long-term storage. The frozen food is provided with a pull-out door (35) in the storage room, and is installed in the storage room through the pull-out mechanism (950) in a forward-backward direction, and the lower freezer storage box (451) is opened above, The lower freezer compartment storage box (451) constitutes a storage space for the lower freezer compartment (450). The lower freezer compartment storage box (451) is composed of a first lower freezer compartment storage box (452) mounted on a pull-out mechanism (950a), and an upper portion of the first lower freezer compartment storage box (452). The second lower freezer compartment storage box (453), which can be moved forward and backward along the upper edge of the first lower freezer compartment storage box (452), is in a state where the pull-out door (45) is closed, and the first The lower freezer compartment storage box (452) and the second lower freezer compartment storage box (453) are located in the lower freezer compartment (45) and constitute a sealed storage space. With this two-stage structure, when the pull-out door is pulled out, the first lower freezer compartment storage box (452) is pulled out, and then the second lower freezer compartment storage box (453) is pulled out in this state. In conjunction with the action of pulling out the door (45), or it can be used along the upper paper size of the first lower freezer storage box (452). National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X 297 mm) -55 -528848 A7 _ B7 _ V. Description of the invention ((Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The edges move independently, so it can improve the storage efficiency of food. In particular, in this embodiment, The first lower freezer storage box (452) stores foods with low frequency of use, and the second lower freezer storage box (453) stores foods with relatively high frequency of use, so that the average person can be in the highest position The stored food is taken out or placed in the second lower freezer storage box (453). It is provided on the opening and closing doors (35), (45) on the upper freezer (350) and the lower freezer (450), respectively. , By the horizontally long hand traction section (36 ), (46), and lateral handles (38), (48) formed by the hand-pulling recesses (37), (47) formed under the hand-pulling portions (36), (46), are opened and closed doors (35), (45) The upper ends of the upper end portions (45) form a smooth arc shape toward the center. The opening and closing doors (35), (45) 'are made into lifting hand traction portions (36), (46), and It is opened by pulling it in front. It is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 29, behind the freezer (450), it is equipped with: A mechanical chamber (602) having a compressor (601) at a position opposite to the inner wall surface of the freezing chamber (450); and a mechanical chamber (602) provided above the mechanical chamber (602), from the freezing chamber (450) ) To the rear of the upper freezer compartment (350) is provided inside the lower freezer compartment (450) and a position facing the inner wall surface of the freezer compartment (350), and has a first heat The first cooling chamber (660) of the exchanger (66 1) and the first air-supply fan (662) and the δ are placed in the fruit and vegetable room (20 0), the second cooling room (670) facing the inner wall surface of the fruit and vegetable room (200); and the paper size supplied from the first cooling room (660) applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 Specifications (210X 297mm) -56-528848 A7 __— _B7 V. Description of the invention (5 today (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Cold air is supplied to the lower freezer (45) and the upper freezer (35q) a first cold air passage (650); and a second cold air passage for supplying cold air from the second cooling chamber (670) to the refrigerating chamber (100); and The cold air to the refrigerating compartment (100) is the third cold air passage (609) of the circulating fan (608) circulating in the refrigerating compartment (100). The structures other than the first cold air passage (650) are the same as those in the first embodiment, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted. The first cold air passage (650) is printed by the employee's consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. It is formed between the front wall of the first cooling chamber (660) and the inner wall of the upper freezing chamber (3 50). The upper blower outlet (651) and the lower blower outlet (652) supply cold air supplied from the first cooling chamber (660) to the lower freezer compartment (450) from the upper blower outlet (651) and the lower blower outlet (652). on. The cold air supplied to the lower freezer (450), after cooling the lower freezer (450), returns to the first cooling chamber (660) from the cold air return port (653). The first cooling passage (650) is provided with a cold air passage (654) for supplying cold air to the upper freezing chamber (350), and the cold air supplied from the first cooling chamber (660) passes through the first cooling passage (650). A blower fan (662) is guided into the cold air passage (654), and then supplies cold air from the air outlet (655) to the upper freezing chamber (350). The cold air supplied to the upper freezer (350) cools the upper freezer (350), flows into the lower freezer (450), and circulates in the lower freezer (45 0). The air return port (653) returns to the first cooling room (660). In addition, the cold air in the refrigerating room (100) and the fruit and vegetable room (200) is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). ) _ ~ -57-528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (The flow of the invention is the same as in the first embodiment, so its detailed description is omitted. In this way, in this embodiment, the Air is supplied to the first cooling chamber (660) of the upper freezing chamber (350) and the lower freezing chamber (450), and the second cooling chamber (670) supplying cold air to the refrigerating chamber (100), so that The cold air is efficiently supplied to each storage room. Next, the operation display section (120a) will be described with reference to FIG. 30. In FIG. 30, the operation display section (120a) is installed in the grip section. (12) On the upper flat part (13) (refer to Figure 28) And is composed of an operation section (121a) for operating the refrigerator (1a), and a display section (122a) for displaying the operating status of the refrigerator (la), and the operation section (121a) and the display section ( 122a) are arranged in parallel with each other. As shown in FIG. 30, the operation section (121a) is operated by operation buttons (1210), (1 220), (1 230), (1240), (1 250). Configuration 'In this embodiment, the cooling button (121), the start button (1220), the refrigerator button (1 230), the freezer button (1 240), and the ice making button (1250) are exemplified. The display section (122a) is composed of a vertically long liquid crystal display panel. 'In this embodiment, the display section (122a) is composed of a first display section (1300a) and a second display section (1300b). The content displayed on the display section (122a) is, for example, as shown in FIG. 30. In addition, the function of the operation buttons (1210) to (1 250) and the operation buttons (1210) to (1 250) ) Operation, about the display on the display (122a) This paper size applies the Chinese national standard ⑽⑽ 格 (21〇x 靖 ^ county ------- --- 0 II (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 B7 V. The content of the invention description (56) is the same as in the first embodiment. Are the same, so detailed descriptions are omitted. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) By making such a structure, the operation display section (120a) (operation section (121a) and display section (122a)) can be set close to the user's standing eyesight The upper part of the handle (1 1) formed by the position, so that the user can use the height close to the vertical line of sight to check the operation of the refrigerator and the operation status without having to change the posture significantly. [Third Embodiment] Next, a third embodiment of the refrigerator according to the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 31 and 32. Figs. Fig. 31 is a diagram showing a state in which the operation display section is arranged at a position slightly in the center of the opening / closing door (1 0). Fig. 32 is a developed view of a part showing the structure of the opening and closing door (1 0). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs as shown in Fig. 31. In this embodiment, the handle portion (1 la) and the operation display portion (1 28) are independently provided, and the handle portion (1 la ) Is formed by a recessed portion (14a) for hand traction formed around the grip portion (12a). The operation display section (1 28) is attached to a member (127) formed at the center of the opening and closing door (10). Fig. 31 (a) is an example of the operation display unit (1 28) arranging the arranged component (1 27) in the center of the opening and closing door (10), and Fig. 31 (b) is the operation display unit ( 1 28) An example of an arrangement at a slightly central portion of a member (1 27) formed in a long shape. FIG. 31 (c) is a member (127) to be formed in a long shape, with two members. (127a) and (127b), the operation display unit (128) is arranged on the component (127a), and the paper size of the two components applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -59- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Sentences (127a) and (127b) are placed at the center of the opening and closing door (10). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page).) Also shown on the operation display The content on the part (120b) is the same as that in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, and also because the structure other than the opening and closing door (10) is the same as that in the first embodiment and the second embodiment The details are the same, so detailed explanations are omitted. Next, referring to FIG. The structure of the door (10). Fig. 32 is a developed view of parts of the opening and closing door (10) shown in Fig. 31 (b). In Fig. 32, the opening and closing door (10) is composed of the opening and closing door. (10) The door member (1000) of the facade, the grip portion (12a) that performs the opening and closing operation of the opening and closing door (10), and the upper surface of the upper surface that constitutes the opening and closing door (10) A member (1010), a lower surface member (1020) constituting a lower surface of the opening and closing door (10), and a member (127) disposed at the center of the opening and closing door (10), and is mounted on the member (127 The operation display section (1 28) is used to display the operation of the refrigerator and its operation status. The printed grip section (12a) of the consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is formed from the side. It is an arc shape that protrudes forward, and is a shape that is easy to hold and pull. A hand traction recess (14a) is formed around the grip portion (12a). Also, a hole (129) is formed in a member ( 1 27), the operation display unit (1 28) is fitted to the member (127) by being fitted into the hole (129). The assembly process of the opening and closing door (10) will be described. First, a grip portion (12a), a member (127), and an operation display portion (128) are attached to the door member (1000). The display portion (128) The surface panel (128a) constituting the surface is mounted on the component (127) by fitting into the hole (129), and the component mounted on the display section (128). The paper dimensions apply to the Chinese National Standard (CNS). A4 specification (210X297mm) -60- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (5 $ (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) (127), which is formed by fitting on the door member (1000 ) Groove (1030), while being installed on the door member (1000). The substrate (128b) constituting the back surface of the display section (128) is located in a hole (1040) formed in the groove (1030), and is supported by a supporting member (1 050) through the hole (1040). On the back surface of the substrate (128b), for example, a wiring (not shown in the figure) such as a connector is installed. The wiring passes through a hole (1060) formed in the supporting member (1 050) and is Wirings and the like which are not shown in the figure arranged on the back of the door member (1000) are connected. Then, after the installation and wiring of the grip portion (12a) and the operation display portion (128) are completed, the upper surface members (1010), (1020), and the aforementioned opening and closing door (1〇) are configured. The inner wall member (not shown) of the inner wall surface is installed on the door member (1000). Between the aforementioned door member (10a) and the aforementioned inner wall member, the heat insulating material is foamed and filled. Form an opening and closing door (10). The consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has printed this way. The operation display unit (1 28) is arranged on a member (1 27) that is different from the material forming the opening and closing door (1 0). The component (1 27) is provided on the slightly central portion of the opening and closing door (10), which not only emphasizes the existence of the operation display portion (128), but also can improve visual recognition. [Fourth Embodiment] Next, a fourth embodiment of the electric refrigerator according to the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 33 to 44. Figs. First, using Fig. 33 and Fig. 34, a description will be given of the structure of the refrigerator according to the present invention. Figure 3 3 is about the paper size in the fourth embodiment of the present invention applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -61-528848 A7 ____ B7_ _ 5. Description of the invention (front view of the network refrigerator Figure 34 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the structure of the same refrigerator. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page.) The refrigerator body (1c) is made by the outer box (2c) and the inner box ( 3c) and a heat-insulating material (4c) filled in between, and has a box-like shape. The refrigerator (1c) is formed with a plurality of storage rooms for storing and storing items From the top, these storage compartments include: a refrigerating compartment (5c), a vegetable and fruit compartment (6c), a switching compartment (7c), an ice-making compartment (8c), and a freezing compartment (9c). The bottom of the refrigerating compartment (5c) is equipped with an ice temperature freezing compartment (hereinafter referred to as an ice greenhouse) (5a). The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has printed these storage compartments (5c) to (9c). On the front side, 扉 (10e) ~ (14e) for opening and closing the storage room are installed. In this embodiment In front of the refrigerating compartment (5c), a support rotator (10e) which is freely rotatable and supported is provided through support parts installed on either side of the refrigerator, and another On the one hand, in the front of the vegetable and fruit room (6c), the switching room (7c), the ice-making room (8c), and the freezing room (9c), a pull-out that can be freely pulled out and supported is installed by a track or the like. Lie (lie) ~ (14e). Furthermore, the turning 扉 (10e) which forms the refrigerating compartment (5c) is installed in the closed state with a plurality of sheets which are placed inside the refrigerating compartment (5c). The bag body (5b) is located between the vegetable and fruit room (6c) and the switching room (7c), the ice-making room (8c), and the freezer room (9c). In order to reduce the heat transfer between the two rooms, it is provided with heat insulation. The heat insulation partition wall (15c) of the material is used to separate. A cooler room (18c) is formed behind the vegetable and fruit room (6c), the switching room (7c), the ice making room (8c), and the freezing room (9c). ), Used to configure the cooler. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210'〆297 mm) -62- 528848 A7 ___________ 5. Description of the invention (called (16 c) Fan for cooler (17c). An insulated partition wall (15c) is separated between the cooler room (18c) and the fruit and vegetable room (6c), and the insulated partition wall (15c) is connected to the fruit and vegetable room ( 6c) is formed by extending rearward in the up-and-down direction. In the cooler chamber (18c), a cooler fan (17c) is arranged above the cooler (16c). In the cooler chamber (18c), Above, the cold room (6c) and the cooler room (18c) communicate with each other, and a cold air passage (19c) is formed through which cold air cooled by the cooler (16c) flows, The fan (17c), which is driven by a fan motor (20c) mounted on the rear side of the fan (17c), causes the cold air to pass through the cold air passage (19c) and is then supplied to the refrigerating compartment (5c). on. In the cold air passage (19c), in order to adjust the temperature of the refrigerating compartment (5c) to an appropriate range, a buffer damper (21c) is provided to adjust the amount of cold air supplied to the refrigerating compartment (5c). ). In addition, the cool air cooled by the cooler (16c) will flow out from the fan (16c) at the same time and will be placed in the cooler room (i8c) and the fruit and vegetable room (6c) or the switching room ( 7c), the cold air passage between the ice making chamber (8c) and the freezing chamber (9c) is lowered, and flows into the switching chamber (7c), the ice making chamber (8c), and the freezing chamber (9c), and the switching chamber (7c) ), The ice-making chamber (8c) and the freezing chamber (9c) for cooling. From the cooler room (18c), the cold air passing through the damper damper (21c) and passing through the cold air passage (19c) is tied to the wall surface of the inner box (3c) after passing through the damper damper (2 丨 c). The cold air passage (19c) is formed by ascending through the back side of the refrigerator compartment (5c). In addition, the cold air passage (19c), this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) " — " "--63- I ---------—丨 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page}-Order the consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Du printed 528848 A7 _B7

五、發明説明(6D (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 係於冷藏室(5c )的後方被分歧成複數個的通路。這種分 歧的冷空氣通路,係上下延伸遍及於冷藏室(5c )的背面 兩側部。在冷藏室(5c )內,在上下方向上拉開間隔,被 配置有複數個的棚(23 ),冷藏室(5c )內係被形成爲上 下區分開來的空間。這種被區分開來的空間,係藉由扉的 袋體(5b )和棚(23c )之間的空隙來上下連通的。藉由棚 (23b)所被形成的各空間來與分歧的冷空氣通路相連通, 冷空氣朝向冷藏室(5b )而流出的冷空氣吐出口會以遍及 於上下而被形成多數個。 在位於複數個的冷空氣通路之間的冷藏室(5c )的背 面中央部上,被配置有大致成圓筒形狀的通風通氣管 (25c ),和用來將冷藏室(5c )的冷空氣供給到該通風通 氣管(25c)上之冷藏室用風扇(26c)。通風通氣管 (25c)係呈縱長形狀,冷藏室用風扇(26c)係被配置於其 下方,這些都會在冷藏室(5c )的背面中央部上朝上下方 向延伸而被裝設。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 冷藏室用風扇(26c ),係從被裝設在其左右兩側上的 冷藏室內冷空氣吸入口吸進冷藏室(5c)裡的冷空氣,再 將吹出的冷空氣供給到通風通氣管(25c )。該通風通氣管 (25c ),其內側爲了使冷空氣流通而作成中空,在對應於 以冷藏室(5c )的各個棚(3c )所區隔的空間的位置上,以 遍及於上下被形成多數個的通氣管吐出口,再藉由冷藏室 用風扇(26c),將所被供給的冷空氣從該通氣管吐出口, 如第2圖箭號所示,吐出到冷藏室(5c )內。從該通氣管 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)~" " -64 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(珣 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 吐出口吐出的冷空氣的吐出速度,被製作成比從冷空氣吐 出口的冷空氣吐出速度還要快,來設定通風通氣管 (25c )、冷藏室用風扇(26c )、以及其他的結構。被吹送 到以冷藏室(5c )的各個棚(3c )所區隔的空間的冷空氣, 係朝冷藏室(5c )的前方流動,若是超過各個棚(23c )的 前端部的話,就會如箭頭所示,從該棚(23c )和袋體 (5b )之間的間隙降下。降下來的冷空氣,如箭頭所示, 會流過冰溫室(5a )的上表面側的棚面上方而朝向冷藏室 (5c )的後方流動,再從吸入口被冷藏室用風扇(26c )吸 進去。如此一來,冷藏室用風扇(26c)及通風通氣管 (25c ),就可以成爲使冷藏室(5c )裡面的冷空氣循環的 手段。利用冷藏室用風扇(26c )及通風通氣管(25c )所成 的冷藏室(5c )的冷空氣通風路,並未通過冷卻器 (16c),而是與冷卻器(16c)各自獨立的。又,冷藏室用 風扇(26c ),係將從冷藏室(5c )的背面兩側下部的吸入 口流入的冷藏室冷空氣,從前方吸進去,再向上方的通風 通氣管(25c)吹出的遠心風扇。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 驅動通風通氣管(25c )之馬達(29c ),係被配置在通 風通氣管(25c )的上方,將上下延伸的圓筒狀通風通氣管 (25c)沿著上下方向的軸旋轉。藉由該通風通氣管(25 c) 的旋轉,會改變通氣管吹出口的吹出方向,使從該通氣管 吐出口吐出到冷藏室(5c )的冷空氣的流向受到調節。 被裝設在通風通氣管(25c )內的風向板(30c ),係位 於對應於各通氣管吐出口的位置,例如,位於通氣管吐出 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -65- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(句 -(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 口正上方的位置,橫切過通氣通風管(25c )內的通路所形 成,從下方到上方地流過通風通氣管(25c )內再流到冷藏 室內的冷空氣之其中一部份,改變了朝向冷藏室(5c )的 方向,就可以輕易地從通氣管吐出口以很快的速度流出。 將供給自冷卻器室(1 8c )的冷空氣吹出之吹出口,和 將吸進自冷藏室(5c )的冷空氣加以吹出的通氣管吹出 口,來自上述兩者的冷空氣所成的被吹出到冷藏室(5c ) 內的冷空氣,其中一部份雖然是透過冷藏室用風扇(26c) 及通風通氣管(25c)而循環於冷藏室(5c)內,但是其餘 的一部份冷空氣係被形成於冷藏室(5 c )的下方,從連通 於蔬果室(6c )的開口( 3 lc )流進蔬果室(6c )中。流進 蔬果室(6c )裡的冷空氣,係流過蔬果室(6c )內的容器上 方而朝向電冰箱前方流動,通過了被形成於圖中未示的蔬 果室(6c)內的送回開口以及冷空氣送回口,而被送回到 冷卻器室(18c )中。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如此一來,對電冰箱內的冷空氣而言,係具備兩套循 環經路:藉由冷卻器(1 6c ),被冷卻了的冷空氣利用冷卻 器用風扇(1 7c )的旋轉,從冷卻器室(1 8c )起,透過冷藏 室(5c)或是蔬果室(6c),再送回到冷卻器室(18c)的 循環經路;和冷藏室內的冷空氣,藉由冷藏室用風扇 (26c )吸入,通過通風通氣管(25c )從冷空氣吐出口流出 到冷藏室(5c),然後再度流進到冷藏室用風扇(26c)之 循環經路。 遠心風扇(26c),係被配置在通風通氣管(25c)的下 -66 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(64 方’冷空氣吸入口則是被形成於冷藏室用風扇(26c )的左 右兩側上。在該吸入口和冷藏室用風扇(26c )之間則被形 成有流入通路(35c)。然後,在該流入通路(35c)上,被 配置有用來偵知流過該通路的冷空氣溫度之溫度偵知手 段’也就是冷藏室溫度感應器。冷藏室溫度感應器會根據 所偵知的溫度,判定冷藏室(5c )裡面的溫度,來調節由 緩衝風門(2 1 c )所控制的冷空氣氣流。例如,被判定的溫 度若是比預先被設定的溫度還要高,被判斷爲冷藏室 (5 c )必須要冷卻的話,則緩衝風門(21 c )就會打開。 又’被判定的溫度若是比預先被設定的溫度還要低,被判 斷爲冷藏室(5c )不需要冷卻的話,則緩衝風門(21c )就 會關閉。 又’藉由冷藏室(5c )內的各個棚(23c ),·爲了偵知 所被區隔開來的貯藏空間的溫度,在對應於各個棚(23c ) 的貯藏空間之分別的高度位置上,將溫度偵知手段也就是 方向判定感應器(37c ),配置在位於棚(23c )和袋體 (5b )之間的左右側壁面上。該方向判定感應器(37c ), 係藉由棚(23c ),偵知流過被區劃的貯藏空間而朝向前方 流過來的冷空氣的溫度。該冷空氣一旦到達棚(23c )的前 端部,則會將袋體(5b )加以冷卻,並且將袋體(5b )和 其間的空間朝向電冰箱的下方降下,朝向被配置在下方的 電冰箱用風扇(26c)的冷空氣流入口( 27)以及被形成於 冰溫室(5a)下方的開口( 31c).。 方向判定感應器(37c),係可偵知流過被棚(23c)所 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)V. Description of the invention (6D (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The rear of the refrigerating compartment (5c) is divided into multiple passages. This divergent cold air passage extends up and down throughout the refrigeration Both sides of the back surface of the compartment (5c). A plurality of sheds (23) are arranged in the refrigerating compartment (5c) to be spaced apart in the up-down direction, and the refrigerating compartment (5c) is formed to be separated from each other Coming space. This distinguished space is connected up and down through the gap between the sack bag (5b) and the shed (23c). Through the spaces formed by the shed (23b) It communicates with the branched cold air passages, and the cold air outlets that the cold air flows out toward the refrigerating compartment (5b) are formed so as to extend up and down. The refrigerating compartments (5c) are located between the plurality of cold air passages. The central part of the back surface is provided with a substantially cylindrical ventilation duct (25c) and a cooling chamber fan for supplying cold air from the refrigeration chamber (5c) to the ventilation duct (25c). (26c). The ventilation duct (25c) has a long shape and is cold. The room fan (26c) is arranged below it, and these will be installed on the central part of the back of the refrigerating room (5c) to extend upward and downward. 26c), is sucked into the cold air in the refrigerating room (5c) from the cold air inlets of the refrigerating room installed on the left and right sides, and then supplies the blown cold air to the ventilation air pipe (25c). The vent pipe (25c) is hollow inside to allow cold air to circulate. At a position corresponding to the space separated by the sheds (3c) of the refrigerating chamber (5c), a plurality of vent pipes are formed throughout the upper and lower sides. The vent pipe outlet, and then the refrigerated compartment fan (26c), the supplied cold air from the vent pipe outlet, as shown by the arrow in Figure 2, into the refrigerator compartment (5c). From this The paper size of the air pipe is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ~ " " -64-528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (珣 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Spit Spitting of cold air from the outlet It is made to be faster than the cold air discharge rate from the cold air outlet, and the ventilation duct (25c), the refrigerating compartment fan (26c), and other structures are set. It is blown to the refrigerating compartment (5c). The cold air in the space partitioned by each shed (3c) flows toward the front of the refrigerating compartment (5c). If it exceeds the front end of each shed (23c), as shown by the arrow, from the shed ( 23c) and the bag body (5b) are lowered. As shown by the arrow, the cooled down air will flow over the upper surface side of the ice greenhouse (5a) and face the rear of the refrigerating room (5c). It flows and is sucked in by the refrigerator fan (26c) from the suction port. In this way, the fan (26c) and the ventilation duct (25c) for the refrigerating compartment can become a means for circulating the cold air in the refrigerating compartment (5c). The cold air ventilation path of the refrigerating compartment (5c) formed by the refrigerating compartment fan (26c) and the ventilation duct (25c) does not pass through the cooler (16c), but is independent of the cooler (16c). In addition, the refrigerating compartment fan (26c) is the refrigerating compartment cold air flowing in from the inlets on the lower sides of the back side of the refrigerating compartment (5c), sucked in from the front, and blown out to the upper ventilation duct (25c). Telecentric fan. The motor (29c) that drives the ventilation vent (25c) is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. It is arranged above the ventilation vent (25c) and extends along the cylindrical ventilation vent (25c) extending up and down. Rotate around the vertical axis. The rotation of the ventilation duct (25c) changes the blowing direction of the ventilation duct outlet, and the flow direction of the cold air discharged from the ventilation duct outlet to the refrigerating compartment (5c) is adjusted. The wind direction board (30c) installed in the ventilation duct (25c) is located at a position corresponding to the outlet of each ventilation duct. For example, it is located at the outlet of the ventilation duct. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297). -65- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (sentence- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The position directly above the mouth is formed by crossing the passage in the ventilation duct (25c), From the bottom to the top, a part of the cold air flowing through the ventilation duct (25c) and then into the refrigerating chamber is changed to the direction of the refrigerating chamber (5c). Outflow at a fast speed. The outlets for blowing out the cold air supplied from the cooler compartment (18c) and the vents for blowing out the cold air taken in from the refrigerating compartment (5c). Part of the cold air blown into the refrigerator compartment (5c) by the air is circulated in the refrigerator compartment (5c) through the refrigerator compartment fan (26c) and the ventilation duct (25c), but the rest Part of the cold air system It is formed below the refrigerating compartment (5c) and flows into the fruit and vegetable compartment (6c) through the opening (3lc) connected to the fruit and vegetable compartment (6c). The cold air flowing into the fruit and vegetable compartment (6c) flows through the fruit and vegetables The container in the chamber (6c) flows above the container toward the front of the refrigerator and passes through the return opening and the cold air return opening formed in the fruit and vegetable room (6c), not shown, and is returned to the cooler room. (18c). The consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has printed this. For cold air in refrigerators, there are two sets of circulation paths: the cooler (16c), which has been cooled. The cold air uses the rotation of the cooler fan (17c), starts from the cooler room (18c), passes through the refrigerating room (5c) or the fruit and vegetable room (6c), and returns to the circulation path of the cooler room (18c). ; And the cold air in the refrigerating room is sucked in by the refrigerating room fan (26c), flows out from the cold air outlet through the ventilating duct (25c) to the refrigerating room (5c), and then flows into the refrigerating room fan (26c) again. ). The telecentric fan (26c) is arranged in the ventilation duct ( 25c) Lower -66-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 ______B7 V. Description of the Invention (64-squared 'cold air intakes are formed on the left and right sides of the refrigerator fan (26c). An inflow path (35c) is formed between the suction port and the refrigerating compartment fan (26c). Then, the inflow path (35c) is configured to detect the temperature of the cold air flowing through the path. The temperature detection means is also the temperature sensor of the refrigerator compartment. The temperature sensor of the refrigerator compartment will determine the temperature in the refrigerator compartment (5c) according to the detected temperature to adjust the temperature controlled by the damper (2 1 c). Air flow. For example, if the judged temperature is higher than a preset temperature and it is judged that the refrigerating compartment (5c) must be cooled, the damper damper (21c) will open. Also, if the judged temperature is lower than the preset temperature and it is judged that the refrigerating compartment (5c) does not need to be cooled, the buffer damper (21c) will be closed. In addition, with each shed (23c) in the refrigerating room (5c), in order to detect the temperature of the storage space partitioned, it is at a height position corresponding to the storage space of each shed (23c). The direction detection sensor (37c), which is a temperature detection means, is arranged on the left and right side wall surfaces between the shed (23c) and the bag body (5b). The direction determining sensor (37c) detects the temperature of the cold air flowing forward through the partitioned storage space through the shed (23c). Once the cold air reaches the front end of the shed (23c), the bag body (5b) is cooled, and the bag body (5b) and the space therebetween are lowered toward the lower side of the refrigerator, and toward the refrigerator disposed below. A cold air inlet (27) using a fan (26c) and an opening (31c) formed below the ice greenhouse (5a). The orientation judgment sensor (37c) can detect the paper flowing through the shed (23c). The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm). (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page)

-67- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(6今 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 區劃的貯藏空間的冷空氣之溫度。當在棚(23c )的上面被 載置有貯藏物時,流動的冷空氣就會和貯藏物進行熱交換 而改變了溫度。方向判定感應器(37c ),由於係於形成冷 藏室(5c )的左右兩側壁面上,以遍及於上下被複數個地 配置著,所以可以偵知流過各棚(23c )上方左右兩側的冷 空氣溫度,在比較了兩側的溫度之後,偵測出左右兩邊哪 一邊的溫度比較高。然後,被偵知溫度比較高的一側的溫 度,若是比冷藏室(5c)的設定溫度還要高的話,通風通 氣管(25c )的冷空氣吐出口的朝向,就會朝向爲被偵知溫 度高的一側之預先被設定的方向,使通風通氣管(25c )的 回轉停止。然後,藉由電冰箱用風扇(26c )的回轉,被供 給到通風通氣管(25c)上的冷空氣,就會從冷空氣吹出口 朝向冷藏室(5c )之被偵知溫度較高的一側吹出。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 位於電冰箱的前面上部之冷藏庫扉(1 Oe )其前面部 上,係被配置有操作面板(5 6 c ),在該操作面板(5 6 c ) 上,係被左右並置地配置有操作開關(60c )及顯示部 (70c )。顯示部(70c )係被形成爲縱長形狀,操作開關 (60c )則是沿著此裝置在縱方向上被多數設置著。關於這 方面的詳細說明將留待後述。 壓縮機(3 8c ),係被配置於電冰箱本體(1 c )的背面 下部上,形成爲冷凍循環的一部份,來進行冷媒的壓 縮。,又,控制裝置(39c )(參照第5圖),係將主微電 腦控制配置於電冰箱本體(1 )的背面上部,操作部微電腦 控制(52c )則是被配置在操作面板(56c )的內側。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -68- 528848 A7 _ B7__ 五、發明説明(网 接著,關於壓縮機(38c)的驅動運轉,參照第35圖 及第36圖加以說明。第35圖係關於在本發明中的壓縮機 的驅動裝置的電路圖,第36圖係顯示對於在同一電冰箱中 的壓縮機的回轉數之直流電壓以及流通率之特性圖。 壓縮機(38c),係具備有:透過轉換電路(42y)及反 相電路(43y )被連接在商用電源(41y )上之壓縮機驅動 用電路機(44y );和藉由該電動機(44y )而被旋轉來壓 縮冷媒之壓縮機構(45y )。商用電源(41y ),當使用在 家庭用電冰箱時係一般家庭中的集中接頭,藉由插入在電 冰箱側的插座(圖中未示)而可使電冰箱接電。 轉換電路(42y),係具備有:構成整流電路的整流電 路用二極管(42a〜42d);和構成昇壓斷路電路之反應器 (42e)、昇壓電路用二極管(42f)、以及轉換器等的電源 元件也就是轉換素子(42g)。該整流電路,係將接受到的 交流電力變換成直流電力,再輸出到昇壓斷路電路中。該 昇壓斷路電路,係被連接在整流電路的輸出側,藉由轉換 素子(42g)的轉換動作及反應器(42e)的能量蓄積效果, 強制地流入輸入電流來提昇電壓。這種被昇壓後的直流電 流係被供給到平滑用電容(46y )上,用來輸出安定的直流 電力。 進一步具體地說明這種昇壓動作。當二極管(42a )側 以正極使轉換素子(42g )啓動時,電流會依次流過交流電 源(41y )、二極管(42a )、反應器(42e )、轉換素子 (42g)、二極管(42d)、交流電源(41y),將電磁能蓄 本紙張尺度適用巾關家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) " " -69 - I . I I I ..... - Ϊ I i - - - I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明( (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 積在反應器(42e)上。此時,若是啓動轉換素子(42g)的 話,則透過用來防止來自反應器(42e )的逆流之二極管 (42f),使電流流過平滑用電容(46y),電磁能會被移到 電容(46y )上,使電容(46y )的電壓上昇。藉此,可使 直流平臺電壓上昇。 在該電容(46y )上,被連接有反相電路(43y ),其 變換成:使其用來讓電動機(4 4 y )旋轉的旋轉磁場發生的 交流。在反相電路(43y )上,係被連接有電動機 (44y)。該電動機(44y)所驅動的壓縮機構(45y),雖 未詳細圖示,但是係與電動機(44y) —倂被收納在密閉容 器內,主要是往復式壓縮機構。其他,用滾輪式或渦輪式 的壓縮機構亦無妨。 反相電路(43y),係三相反相,作爲轉換素子(43a〜 43f ),在本實施形態中係使用IGBT ( Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor)。在這些轉換素子(43a〜43f)上,係 分別並列地被連接著環流二極管(43g〜431)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 然後,根據將供給自電容(46y)的電流設定成回轉數 之電動機(44y)的回轉位置偵知的輸出,而進行120度的 通電電流,進行在各相通電電流期間通電電流控制(脈衝 幅控制),以控制電動機(44y )的回轉數。 如第36圖所示,驅動電動機(44y )的電壓,例如從 1 800回轉到2400回轉,藉由PAM控制,可以將直流電壓 固定控制在150V,藉由將PWM控制的流通率設定在從50% 到100%的可變範圍內,可以改變電動機( 44y )的回轉數, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -70- 528848 Μ Β7 五、發明説明(68) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 再者,2400回轉到4200回轉,將PWM控制的流通率固定 在100%,藉由PAM控制就可以將直流電壓線性地設定在 150V到300V的可變範圍內,來改變電動機(44y)的回轉 數。 若是按壓第39圖中所示的快速冷凍開關(63y )的 話,由於係將電動機(44y)的回轉數定爲最大(例如4800 回轉),所以藉由PAM控制將施加的電壓加以昇壓的話, 就可以進行快速冷凍運轉。 又,若是延長按壓第39圖所示快速解凍開關(62y ) 長達數秒(例如3秒)的話,則可以禁止電動機(44y )的 高速回轉(例如3800以上的回轉),而被控制在儘可能低 速進行運轉,進行藉由PAM控制之省電運轉。 接著,參照第37圖說明電冰箱控制電路的結構。第37 圖係本發明的電冰箱中的控制電路的結構區塊圖。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 控制電路(39c ),係具備有:控制電冰箱整體的主微 電腦控制(5 1 c ),和主要控制操作部之操作部微電腦控制 (52c)。該主微電腦控制(51c),係根據來自操作部微電 腦控制(52c )之控制信號或被設在電冰箱上的各種感應器 (例如溫度感應器、方向判定感應器(37c )等等)的偵知 信號,以進行電冰箱內的控制或壓縮機(38c )的運轉控 制,來控制各種冷卻運轉等等。操作部微電腦控制 (52c ),係依據來自主微電腦控制(5 lc )的控制信號或操 作開關(60y )的設定信號等,來控制顯示部(70c )、聲音 裝置(80c )以及蜂鳴器(54c )等等。另外,主微電腦控制 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ 297公釐) ,—___ (:71/ 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(珣 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (51c)和操作部爲電腦控制(52c)係藉由通信來相互授受 信號。如此一來,藉由將控制裝置分成主微電腦控制 (5 lc )和操作部微電腦控制(52c )’可以減輕兩微電腦控 制(5 lc )、( 52c )各自的分擔,就可以輕輕鬆鬆地進行, 包含在操作部微電腦控制(52c)上的聲音裝置(80c)及蜂 鳴器(54c )之操作部上的控制了。 操作開關(60y ),係用來設定製品機能’藉由多數個 的操作開關(61 y )〜(68y )加以構成,而被連接在操作 部微電腦控制(52c )上。這種製品機能’係包含:有關於 電冰箱的冷卻之運轉機能、和量測時間之定時器機能、和 在店面展示時提高示範效果的展示機能、和根據各種感應 器的偵知結果來引發注意的警報基能、和爲了使操作開關 (60y )不被小孩子惡作劇亂按而鎖住按壓按鈕之鎖鈕機能 等等的機能。又,顯示部(70c ),係由液晶面板所構成, 該液晶面板內係被區分成複數個的區域,係用來顯示被設 定的製品機能的內容,而連接在操作部微電腦控制(52c ) 上。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 聲音裝置(80c ),係由:記錄著被設定的聲音資料之 聲音IC ( 81c)、和將輸出自該聲音IC ( 81c)的聲音資料 加以增幅之擴大器(82c)、和將輸出自該擴大器(82c)的 聲音資料作爲聲音加以輸出的喇叭(83c)所構成,連接成 可以藉由操作部微電腦控制(52c )來加以控制。又,蜂鳴 器(52c ),會發出蜂鳴聲,與聲音裝置(80c )各自獨立, 連接成可以藉由操作部微電腦控制(52c )來加以控制。另 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ' -72- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7〇 外,也可以將蜂鳴聲藉由聲音裝置(80c )來發出聲音。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 接著,參照第38圖,說明關於控制基板(55c)的結 構。第38圖係本發明中之控制基板部的正面圖。 控制基板(55c ),係於表側上將操作開關(60y )以及 顯示部(70c)左右並置,在顯示部(70c)所在位置的部份 的內側上,係實裝有操作部微電腦輕制(52c )、聲音1C (81c)、擴大器(82c)之所謂與1C有關的零件。藉此, 可以使操作基板(55c )的實裝面積小形化。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 操作開關(60y )係由複數個的操作開關(61y )〜 (68y )所構成。快速冷卻開關(61y ),係由開關本體 (61a)、按壓按鈕(61b)、及LED ( 61c)所構成。快速 解凍開關(62y ),係由開關本體(62a )、按壓按鈕 (62b )、及LED ( 62c )所構成。快速冷凍開關·( 63y ), 係由開關本體(63a)、按壓按鈕(6.3b )、及LED ( 63c ) 所構成。切換室設定開關(64y),係由開關本體(64a)、 按壓按鈕(64b )、及LED ( 64c )所構成。定時設定開關 (65y ),係由開關本體(65a )、按壓按鈕(65b )、及 LED ( 65c )所構成。冷藏室溫度設定開關(66y ),係由開 關本體(66a )、按壓按鈕(66b )、及LED ( 66c )所構 成。冷凍室溫度設定開關(67y),係由開關本體(67a)、 按壓按鈕(67b )、及LED ( 67c )所構成。製冰開關 (68y ),係由開關本體(68a )、按壓按鈕(68b )、及 LED (68c)所構成。另外,按壓按鈕(61b)〜(68b)係 如第7圖中所示。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0、〆297公釐) -73- 528848 A7 B7-67- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (6 today (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The temperature of the cold air in the zoned storage space. When the storage is placed on the top of the shed (23c) At this time, the flowing cold air will exchange heat with the storage to change the temperature. The direction determining sensor (37c) is attached to the left and right side walls forming the refrigerating compartment (5c) so that it is spread across the top and bottom. It is arranged on the ground, so it can detect the temperature of the cold air passing through the sheds (23c) on the left and right sides. After comparing the temperatures on both sides, it can detect which of the left and right sides has a higher temperature. Then, it is detected If the temperature on the relatively high side is higher than the set temperature of the refrigerating compartment (5c), the cold air outlet of the ventilation duct (25c) will face the side where the detected temperature is high. The pre-set direction stops the rotation of the ventilation duct (25c). Then, by the rotation of the refrigerator fan (26c), the cold air supplied to the ventilation duct (25c) will be cooled from the cold. Air outlet The refrigerator side (5c) was blown out on the side where the temperature was detected to be high. The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed a cold storage unit (1 Oe) located on the front upper part of the refrigerator. An operation panel (5 6 c) is provided with an operation switch (60c) and a display portion (70c) arranged side by side on the operation panel (5 6c). The display portion (70c) is formed in a vertically long shape The operation switch (60c) is mostly provided along this device in the longitudinal direction. A detailed description of this will be described later. The compressor (38c) is a part of the refrigerator body (1c). The lower part of the back is formed as a part of the refrigeration cycle to compress the refrigerant. The control device (39c) (see Fig. 5) controls the main microcomputer to be placed on the upper part of the back of the refrigerator body (1). The microcomputer control (52c) of the operation part is arranged inside the operation panel (56c). This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -68- 528848 A7 _ B7__ V. Description of the invention ( Net goes on about compression The driving operation of (38c) will be described with reference to Figs. 35 and 36. Fig. 35 is a circuit diagram of a drive device for a compressor in the present invention, and Fig. 36 shows a compressor for the same refrigerator. The characteristic diagram of the DC voltage and flow rate of the number of revolutions. The compressor (38c) is provided with a compressor drive for connecting to a commercial power supply (41y) through a conversion circuit (42y) and an inverting circuit (43y). A circuit machine (44y); and a compression mechanism (45y) that is rotated by the motor (44y) to compress the refrigerant. Commercial power supply (41y), when used in domestic refrigerators, is a centralized connector in ordinary households, and can be connected to the refrigerator by plugging into a refrigerator-side socket (not shown). The conversion circuit (42y) is provided with a rectifier circuit diode (42a to 42d) constituting a rectifier circuit, a reactor (42e) constituting a step-up circuit, a step-up circuit diode (42f), and a converter. And so the power element is the conversion element (42g). This rectifier circuit converts the received AC power into DC power and outputs it to the boost circuit. The step-up circuit is connected to the output side of the rectifier circuit, and the input current is forced to flow to increase the voltage by the conversion action of the conversion element (42g) and the energy accumulation effect of the reactor (42e). This boosted DC current is supplied to a smoothing capacitor (46y) to output stable DC power. This step-up operation will be described more specifically. When the diode (42a) is turned on with a positive electrode to start the converter element (42g), the current will flow through the AC power source (41y), the diode (42a), the reactor (42e), the converter element (42g), the diode (42d), AC power supply (41y), the paper size of the electromagnetic energy storage paper is applicable to the Household Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) " " -69-I. III .....--I i--- I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs's Consumer Cooperatives 528848 A7 B7 V. Invention Description ((Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Accumulated in the reactor (42e). At this time, if the conversion element (42g) is started, the current flows through the smoothing capacitor (46y) through the diode (42f) to prevent reverse current from the reactor (42e), and the electromagnetic energy will It is moved to the capacitor (46y), so that the voltage of the capacitor (46y) rises. As a result, the DC platform voltage can be increased. The capacitor (46y) is connected with an inverter circuit (43y), which is transformed into: A rotating magnetic field that causes it to rotate the motor (4 4 y) The inverter (43y) is connected to a motor (44y). The compression mechanism (45y) driven by this motor (44y) is not shown in detail, but it is connected to the motor (44y)-倂It is housed in a closed container, mainly a reciprocating compression mechanism. Otherwise, a roller or turbine type compression mechanism may be used. Inverter circuit (43y), which is a three-phase inverter, is used as a conversion element (43a ~ 43f). In this embodiment, an IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor) is used. These converter elements (43a to 43f) are connected in parallel with a circulating diode (43g to 431). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Then, based on the output of the rotation position detection of the motor (44y) whose current supplied from the capacitor (46y) is set to the number of revolutions, an energization current of 120 degrees is performed, and energization current control (pulse amplitude during each phase energization current) Control) to control the number of revolutions of the motor (44y). As shown in Figure 36, the voltage of the drive motor (44y), for example, from 1 800 to 2400 revolutions, is controlled by PAM, The DC voltage is fixedly controlled at 150V. By setting the PWM-controlled flow rate to a variable range from 50% to 100%, the number of revolutions of the motor (44y) can be changed. This paper standard applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -70- 528848 Μ B7 V. Description of invention (68) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Furthermore, 2400 rotation to 4200 rotation, the PWM controlled circulation The rate is fixed at 100%. Through PAM control, the DC voltage can be set linearly within a variable range of 150V to 300V to change the number of revolutions of the motor (44y). If the quick freeze switch (63y) shown in Figure 39 is pressed, the number of revolutions of the motor (44y) is set to the maximum (for example, 4800 revolutions), so if the applied voltage is boosted by PAM control, You can perform a quick freeze operation. In addition, if the quick defrost switch (62y) shown in Figure 39 is pressed for a few seconds (for example, 3 seconds), the high-speed rotation of the motor (44y) can be prohibited (such as 3800 or more), and it can be controlled as much as possible. The operation is performed at a low speed, and the power-saving operation controlled by the PAM is performed. Next, a configuration of a refrigerator control circuit will be described with reference to FIG. 37. Fig. 37 is a block diagram showing the structure of a control circuit in the refrigerator of the present invention. The control circuit (39c) printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs includes: a main microcomputer control that controls the entire refrigerator (51c), and an operation unit microcomputer control (52c) that mainly controls the operation unit. The main microcomputer control (51c) is based on the control signal from the microcomputer control (52c) of the operating unit or the detection of various sensors (such as temperature sensor, direction determination sensor (37c), etc.) provided on the refrigerator. The control signal is used to control the cooling in the refrigerator or the operation of the compressor (38c) to control various cooling operations. The operation unit microcomputer control (52c) controls the display unit (70c), the sound device (80c), and the buzzer (based on the control signal from the main microcomputer control (5lc) or the setting signal of the operation switch (60y)). 54c) and so on. In addition, the paper size controlled by the main microcomputer applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm), — ___ (: 71/528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (珣 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) (51c) and the operating unit are computer-controlled (52c) are used to communicate with each other through communication. In this way, the control device is divided into a main microcomputer control (5lc) and an operating unit microcomputer control (52c) ' Lightening the respective sharing of the two microcomputer controls (5lc) and (52c), it can be easily carried out. The operation unit including the sound device (80c) and the buzzer (54c) on the microcomputer control (52c) of the operation unit The operation switch (60y) is used to set the product function. It is composed of a plurality of operation switches (61y) to (68y), and is connected to the microcomputer control (52c) of the operation section. This The product function includes the cooling function of the refrigerator, the timer function to measure time, the display function to improve the demonstration effect in the store display, and the detection based on various sensors. As a result, functions such as an alarm base function for attracting attention, and a function of locking a lock button to prevent the operation switch (60y) from being pressed by a child by mischief, etc., and the display section (70c) are provided by a liquid crystal panel. The LCD panel is divided into a plurality of areas, which are used to display the content of the set product function, and are connected to the microcomputer control (52c) of the operation department. Employees ’cooperation and cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The sound control device (80c) is composed of: a sound IC (81c) recording the set sound data; an amplifier (82c) for amplifying the sound data output from the sound IC (81c); and The sound data of the amplifier (82c) is constituted by a speaker (83c) for outputting sound, and is connected so as to be controlled by the microcomputer control (52c) of the operation unit. In addition, the buzzer (52c) emits a beep The sound is independent from the sound device (80c), and is connected to be controlled by the microcomputer control (52c) of the operation part. In addition, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 male) ) '-72- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (in addition to 70, you can also use the sound device (80c) to make a beep sound. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Then, refer to Fig. 38 illustrates the structure of the control substrate (55c). Fig. 38 is a front view of the control substrate portion of the present invention. The control substrate (55c) is an operation switch (60y) and a display portion (70c) on the front side. ) Side by side, on the inside of the part where the display section (70c) is located, there are so-called 1C-related parts that are equipped with a microcomputer operating part (52c), a sound 1C (81c), and an amplifier (82c). . Thereby, the mounting area of the operation substrate (55c) can be reduced. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The operation switch (60y) is composed of a plurality of operation switches (61y) to (68y). The quick cooling switch (61y) is composed of a switch body (61a), a push button (61b), and an LED (61c). The quick defrosting switch (62y) is composed of a switch body (62a), a push button (62b), and an LED (62c). Quick freeze switch (63y) is composed of switch body (63a), push button (6.3b), and LED (63c). The switching chamber setting switch (64y) is composed of a switch body (64a), a push button (64b), and an LED (64c). The timing setting switch (65y) is composed of a switch body (65a), a push button (65b), and an LED (65c). The refrigerator temperature setting switch (66y) is composed of a switch body (66a), a push button (66b), and an LED (66c). The freezer temperature setting switch (67y) is composed of a switch body (67a), a push button (67b), and an LED (67c). The ice making switch (68y) is composed of a switch body (68a), a push button (68b), and an LED (68c). The pressing of the buttons (61b) to (68b) is as shown in Fig. 7. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 0, 〆297 mm) -73- 528848 A7 B7

五、發明説明(7D (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 快速冷卻開關(61y )、快速解凍開關(62y )、快速 冷凍開關(63y )、切換室設定開關(64y )、定時設定開 關(65y ),當按壓而設定該當製品機能時,按壓按鈕 (61b) 、(62b) 、(63b) 、(65b),係構成爲藉由 LED (61c) 、(62c) 、(63c) 、(65c)來加以發光。 接著,針對在操作面板(56c)上的操作開關(60y)以 及顯示部(70c),參照第39圖及第40圖加以說明。第39 圖係在同一電冰箱中的操作面板的正面圖,第40圖係被裝 設在第39圖的操作面板中的顯示器的擴大圖。 如前所述,在操作面板(56c )上係被設有操作開關 (60y )和顯示部(70c )。藉由按下了構成操作開關 (60y)的個操作開關(61y)〜(68y)之按壓按鈕(61b) 〜(68b ),而設定了預定的製品機能,控制了對應於被設 定的製品機能,並且顯示出關於被設定在顯示部(70c )的 各區域上的製品機能。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 快速冷卻開關(61 y)係用來使冷卻冷藏室(5c)內的 食品之冷卻風扇(26c )運轉,快速解凍開關(62y )係用來 使解凍冷藏室(5c )內的食品之冷卻風扇(26c )運轉,快 速冷凍開關(63y )係用來使壓縮機(38c )的回轉數達到最 大的回轉數而將冷凍室(9c )裡的食品加以冷凍,切換室 設定按鈕(64y )係用來設定切換室(7c )的不同溫度帶的 冷卻機能,定時設定開關(65y)係用來設定定時器機能及 進行啓動、重設機能,冷藏室溫度設定開關(66y )係用來 設定冷藏室(5c )的溫度,冷凍室溫度設定開關(67y )係 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -74- 528848 A7 _______B7 _ 五、發明説明( 用來設定冷凍室(9c)的溫度,製冰開關(68y)係用來停 止製冰、暫時停止製冰、和切換製冰運轉。 若是按壓快速冷卻開關(61y )的話,快速冷卻運轉模 示會被設定,顯示部(70c )的快速冷卻解凍顯示部(7 1 a ) 的整體都會亮燈,並且使冷藏室用風扇(26c)運轉,且圓 筒狀通風通氣管(25c)會朝向用方向判定感應器(37c)所 偵知的方向旋轉,進行冷藏室(5c )的快速冷卻運轉。當 再度按下快速冷卻開關(61y)時,可以將圓筒狀通風通氣 管(25c )的位置依照要冷卻的地方,依左、中、右的順序 分別加以指定。若是進一步按下快速冷卻開關(61y )的 話,快速冷卻運轉就會被停止。 又,該快速冷卻開關(61y),在運轉時LED ( 61c)會 亮燈,並且兼具有防止小孩子惡作劇的機能也就是鎖鈕機 能〃這種鎖鈕機能,係利用連續按住快速冷卻開關(61y ) 數秒(例如3秒)設定鎖鈕模式,來禁止由快速解凍開關 (62y )所作成的新的設定,利用快速冷卻開關的按下時間 的長短來與快速冷卻運轉作區別。該按鈕鎖鈕時,顯示部 (70c)的按鈕鎖鈕顯示(71b)會亮燈。另外,進一步藉由 將快速冷卻開關(61y )連按著數秒,可以解除鎖鈕機能。 若是按住快速解凍開關(62y )的話,快速冷卻運轉模 示會被設定,.顯示部(70c )的快速冷卻解凍顯示部(7 1 a ) 的整體都會亮燈,並且使冷藏室用風扇(26c )運轉,且圓 筒狀通風通氣管(25c)會朝向用方向判定感應器(37c )所 偵知的方向旋轉,進行冷藏室(5c )的快速冷卻運轉。當 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ' • 75 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、*ιτ 辦 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(73) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 再度按下快速冷卻開關(6 1 y )時,可以將圓筒狀通風通氣 管(25c )的位置依照要冷卻的地方,依左、中、右的順序 分別加以指定。若是進一步按下快速冷卻開關(6 1 y )的 話,快速冷卻運轉就會被停止。 又,該快速解凍開關(62y ),在運轉時LED ( 62c )會 亮燈,並且兼有藉由PAM控制的省電運轉機能。這種省電 運轉機能,係利用連續按住快速解凍開關(62y )數秒(例 如3秒)的時間來設定,利用快速解凍開關(62y )的按住 時間的長短來和快速解凍運轉作區別。在進行該省電運轉 時,顯示部(70c )的省電顯示(72b )會亮燈。另外,進一 步按住解凍開關(62y )數秒的話,就可以解除省電運轉機 肯§ 。 若是按下快速冷凍開關(63y )的話,快速冷凍運轉模 式就會被設定,顯示部(70c)的快速冷凍顯示部(73a)會 亮燈,並且會使電動機(44y )以高速運轉,進行快速冷凍 運轉。若是進一步按下快速冷凍開關(63y )的話,快速冷 凍運轉就會停止。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 這種快速冷凍開關(63y),在運轉時LED (63c)會亮 燈,並且兼具設定聲音/蜂鳴聲切換模式的機能。這種聲音/ 蜂鳴聲切換模式,係藉由按住快速冷凍開關(63y )數秒 (例如3秒)的時間來設定,利用快速冷凍開關(63y )的 按下時間的長短,可以和快速冷凍運轉作區別。聲音輸出 「OFF」時,顯示音^ (70c)的聲音輸出顯示(73b)的聲音 側會熄燈,蜂鳴聲輸出「OFF」時,聲音輸出顯示(73b ) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29*/公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 _ B7 __ 五、發明説明(Μ 的蜂鳴器側就會熄燈。每當按住快速冷凍開關(63y)’都 可以在蜂鳴聲/聲音兩者都輸出、和僅有蜂鳴聲輸出、和兩 者都不出聲之三種型式下切換。 若是按下切換室設定開關(64y )的話’切換室運轉模 式會被設定,每當按下切換室設定開關(64y )時’就可以 進行將切換室(7c )加以冷凍、慢性冷凍、局部冷凍、冰 溫、冰凍、冷藏、送風之七種溫度帶下的切換運轉,並且 指定切換室顯示部(74c )之冷凍、慢性冷凍、局部冷凍、 冰溫、冰凍、冷藏、送風之七種溫度帶之任一種的切換顯 示部來亮燈。 若是按下定時設定開關(65y)的話,則顯示部(7〇c) 的定時顯示部(75c )就會亮燈,並且冷藏顯示部(76c )的 冷藏室溫度顯示部(76b)及冷凍室顯示部(77c)的冷凍室 溫度顯示部(77b )會變更成藉由定時器機能所成之顯示。 亦即,在按下定時設定開關(65y )之後,若是按下冷藏室 溫度設定開關(66y )話,可以用「分鐘」來設定,若是按 下冷凍室溫度設定開關(67y )的話,則可以用「秒」來設 定。 在此之後,若是再度按下定時設定開關(65y)的話, 定時時間模式就會被設定,被設定的定時時間計數器就會 開始計時。另外,定時動作時,LED ( 65c )會亮燈。若是 再度按下定時設定開關(65y )的話,所設定的時間就會被 重設。 冷藏室溫度顯示部(76b )和冷凍室溫度顯示部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ------------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、11 -77- 528848 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7五、發明説明(7与 (77b),係以兩位數七個區隔的數字來顯示,由於是被上 下鄰接著顯示,所以當在兩者顯示分和秒時,連續著的兩 者依照分和秒的順序就很容.易被辨識了。特別是,藉由將 定時顯示部(75c )和冷藏室溫度顯示部(76b )和冷凍室溫 度顯示部(77b)以上下來配置,更可以進一步提昇其辨識 性。然後,將60秒以5秒爲單位切割成複數個的時間長 (在本實施形態中爲1 〇秒),可以進行冷凍室溫度顯示部 (77b )上「秒」的設定。藉此,可以在短時間內就進行完 「秒」的設定,可以有良好的使用便利性。 藉由按下冷藏室溫度設定開關(66y ),冷藏室溫度設 定模式就會被設定,再藉由反覆按下冷藏室溫度設定開關 (66y ),冷藏室(5c )的溫度設定就可以從弱到強被設定 爲5僻階段,進行其被設定的強度的冷卻運轉,並且使冷 藏室設定顯示(76a )從弱到強的游標移動。雖然前面曾提 到,但是該冷藏室溫度設定開關(66y )’係兼有定時器的 「分」設定開關。另外,在冷藏室溫度顯示部(76b )上’ 藉由溫度感應器,可顯示出被偵知的冷藏室(5c )的溫 度。 若是反覆按下冷凍室溫度設定開關(67y )的話’就可 以將冷凍室(9c )的溫度設定從弱到強設定成5個階段’ 進行其被設定的強度的冷卻運轉,並且使冷凍室設定顯示 (77a )從弱到強的游標移動。雖然前面曾提到,但是該冷 凍室溫度設定開關(67y ),係兼有定時器的「秒」設定開 關。另外,在冷凍室溫度顯示部(77b )上,藉由溫度感應 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 -78 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7今 器,可顯示出被偵知的冷凍室(9c)的溫度。 -- - n - I— I n -- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 藉由反覆按下製冰開關(68Υ )’則停止製冰、暫時停 止製冰、製冰運轉等機能都可以被設定’進行這種被設定 的製冰運轉,並且可以在製冰顯示部(78c )的製冰停止顯 示(78a)、暫時停止製冰顯示部(78b)、以及製冰運轉狀 態也就是沒有顯示等等的狀態下切換。該製冰開關 (68y ),係兼具製冰淸掃開關的機能’例如藉由連按住5 秒,就可以進行製冰機的淸掃了。當製冰機正在淸掃中 時,淸掃顯示(78c)會亮燈。 操作開關(61y )〜(68y ) ’係具備有不同形狀及大 tfi. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 小的組合而成的三種按鈕(61b )〜(68b )。藉此,將操 作開關(61y )〜(68y )的種類別作成按鈕(61b )〜 (68b )就很容易被辨認。特別是,操作開關(61y )〜 (68y)的三種按鈕(61b)〜(68b)中,設定急速冷卻運 轉的按鈕(61b )〜(63b ),和設定貯藏室溫度的按鈕 (66b )、( 67b )係做成不同的形狀,並且將設定與切換 室(7c )不同切換機能的按鈕(64b ),做得比其他的按鈕 (61b )〜(63b )還要小。藉此,一般使用頻率比較高的 按鈕(61b)〜(63b) 、(66b) 、(67b),就可以很輕易 地操作,並且可以減低一般使用頻率較低的冷卻的食品所 帶來的影響,特別是可以減低誤按大的按鈕(64b)的可能 性。另外,具體而言,按鈕(61b )〜(63b )爲大的略呈 橢圓形的形狀,按鈕(66b )、( 67b )爲大的略呈長方形 的形狀,按鈕(64b ) 、( 68b )則是小的略長方形的形 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -79- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 狀。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在此,說明關於藉由聲音裝置(80c )之聲音輸出。若 是按下快速冷卻開關(61 y )的話,顯示部(70c )的快速冷 卻解凍顯示(7 1 a )就會亮燈,並且在藉由蜂鳴器(54c )發 出蜂鳴聲後,會藉由喇叭(83c )發出例如「開始快速冷 卻!」的聲音。然後,若是在預定的時間後快速冷卻運轉的 設定完畢的話,就會藉由喇叭(83c )發出例如「快速冷卻 運轉完畢!」的聲音。 同樣地,若是按下快速冷凍開關(63y )的話,顯示部 (70c)的快速冷凍顯示部(73a)就會亮燈,並且在藉由蜂 鳴器(54c )發出蜂鳴聲後,會藉由喇叭(83c )發出例如 「開始快速冷凍!」的聲音。然後,若是在預定的時間後快 速冷凍運轉的設定完畢的話,就會藉由喇叭(83c )發出例 如「快速冷凍運轉完畢!」的聲音。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,用切換室設定開關,雖然可以切換冷凍、慢性冷 凍、局部冷凍、冰溫、冰凍、冷藏、送風之七種溫度帶, 但是若是設定成局部的話,在藉由蜂鳴器(54c)發出蜂鳴 聲後,會發出例如「局部設定完成。適合肉類和魚類的加 工。由於只有稍稍冷凍加以保存,所以適於煮食或燒 烤。」的聲音,可以告知運轉機能及其具體的內容。如此 一來,在本實施形態中,就具有可以將被設定的切換室 (7c )的運轉機能及其具體的內容用聲音告知的機能。 另外,當藉由操作開關來作設定時,不論是設定何種 操作開關,在發出蜂鳴聲之後,對應於各個被設定的機能 ( CNS ) A4^ ( 210X297^ ) -80 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7今 的聲音也會發出聲音。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 接著,針對展示機能加以說明。展示機能係於如前述 般在店面展示時用來提高示範效果的機能。換言之,顧客 會在購買電冰箱時’大都會在店面將電冰箱的規格或設 計,進行實物與型錄的確認,才選擇所要購買的電冰箱。 因此,爲了使顧客易於瞭解電冰箱的機能或特徵,而被設 有展示機能。這種展示機能,係於冷藏室扉(l〇e )打開著 的狀態下,例如藉由同時按住製冰開關(68y )以及冷凍室 溫度設定開關(6 7 y )長達數秒(例如5秒)後,展示模式 就會被確定,顯示部(7〇c )的展示中顯示(79c )就會進 行。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 作爲展示機能,例如,當冷卻前述冷藏室.(5c )內的 食品之快速冷卻運轉時,或當將被冷凍在冷藏室(5c )內 的食品進行解凍之快速解凍運轉時,雖然風扇(26c)或圓 筒狀通風通氣管(25c )會在冷藏室的扉關著的狀態下運 轉,但是在冷藏室的扉關著的狀態下顧客是無法瞭解它是 如何運轉的。因此,當展示機能設定時,冷藏室用風扇 (26c )或圓筒狀通風通氣管(25c )會在即使冷藏室扉 (10e )開著的狀態下,仍然進行運轉。 又,當進行展示機能時,例如,若是按下冷藏室溫度 設定開關(66.y )的話,就會發出這種:『電冰箱高效率!想 喝冰啤酒,只要放30分鐘!快速解凍!想切開冰凍的肉塊, 只要15分鐘!當然,這種雙P AM的電冰箱會帶來驚人的省 電量!世界第一!雙PAM電冰箱!』電冰箱所具有的機能或特 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) — -81 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(7今 徵的廣告語音。 這種展示機能,由於考慮到大多被使用在雜音大約80 分貝左右的廣大場所,所以用操作基板(55c )的操作部微 電腦控制(52c )來確認展示機能狀態,用擴大器(82c )將 聲音信號增幅至較通常使用時爲大,藉以放大音量。另 外,也考慮到被使用在雜音比較小的場所,可以將展示機 能時的音量,藉由按住例如快速冷凍開關(63y )所被設定 的時間(例如3秒),將音量定爲通常使用時的水準,若 是再度持續按住的話就可以提高到更高的音量水準。 又,當進行展示機能時,顯示部(70c)的切換室顯示 部(74c ),會將冷凍、慢性冷凍、局部冷凍、冰溫、冰 凍、冷藏、送風之顯示,以例如一秒一個循環地週期性地 閃爍,來吸引顧客的注意。此時,當設定在切換室設定開 關(64y)也就是切換室上時,該被設定的切換室顯示會在 預定時間亮燈,並且藉由喇叭(83c )將所設定的切換室機 能加以發出聲音,再者,在經過預定的時間之後,再度以 週期性地閃爍顯示。藉此,可進一步地提昇示範效果。 另外,若是按住快速冷凍開關(63y )的話,在展示機 能時,雖然可以如前述般地變化音量,可是在通常使用 時,也可以設定聲音輸出的『〇N』、『OFF』。可是,由 於展示機能是用來對顧客說明製品用的’所以在展示機能 時即使進行上述操作’也無法停止發出聲音。藉此’可防 止在展示機能時操作錯誤而停掉聲音的發出。 同樣地,若是按住快速冷卻開關(61y )的話,雖然有 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x297公釐) ------------ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -82- 528848 A7 __B7 ___ 五、發明説明( (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 鎖鈕機能的設定可使得即使小孩子惡作劇亂按,仍不致使 電冰箱內狀態產生變化,但是當進行展示機能時,即使進 行上述操作,也不會被設定成上述的鎖鈕狀態。藉此’可 防止在展示機能時誤按鎖鈕按鈕而鎖鈕。 上述展示機能,以往係藉由使設置在電冰箱背面的控 制基板所設定的引線短路,來切換展示機能的。爲了使該 引線短路,就必須準備專用的連接器,又,當在店面販賣 所展示的製品時,有時候會忘了將該專用連接器取下,使 得顧客在自己家裡操作時無法正常動作。因此,如前述般 利用操作面板(56c )內的操作基板(55 )的開關,藉由設 定展示機能,就可以不必使用以往的專用連接器了。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另一方面,在販賣店等,於設定在該展示機能的狀態 下,在下班關門後大多會將電冰箱的電源關掉。在這種情 況下,隔天就必須再設定一次展示機能。因此,展示機能 曾經被設定好的情況下,即使將電冰箱的電源關掉,由於 展示機能狀態會被記憶在非揮發性記憶體的記憶部(53c ) 裡面,所以當再度插電的時候,就會呈現展示機能,可以 將電冰箱的狀態記憶在操作基板(55c )內。 但是,若是在被設定展示機能的狀態下賣給顧客的 話,由於顧客是在平常運轉的狀態下使用,所以即使插電 也會無法正常動作,故在被設定爲展示機能的狀態下若是 重新插電的話,會在預定時間內(例如10秒)由蜂鳴器發 出蜂鳴聲之後,發出例如『被設定在展示機能了!』的聲 音。又,在顯示部(70c )中,也會顯示成展示中顯示 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -83 - 528848 A7 __B7 五、發明説明(81) (7 9 c )。藉此,假如在被設定成展示機能狀態下賣給顧 客,顧客也可以在插電之際,知道電冰箱是被設定在展示 機能。另外,展示機能的解除,可以藉由再度進行與設定 時相同的操作來加以解除。 接著,針對警報機能加以說明。警報機能,如前所 述,雖然係根據各種感應器的偵知結果來喚起使用者的注 意,可是當例如門忘了關或故障時,也可以用蜂鳴聲或發 出聲音來加以警報。 又,當電冰箱的壓縮機發出噪音時,以往,並不易暸 解在多大的壓縮機回轉數下會發出噪音。因此,在本實施 形態中,利用了冷藏室溫度顯示部(76b )及冷凍室溫度顯 示部(77b )的七個區格,可顯示成現在運轉中的壓縮機回 轉數或符合於回轉數的文字或數字。作爲其顯示方法,係 利用操作基板(5 5 c )的開關,例如,藉由同時按住冷藏室 設定開關(86c )和冷凍室設定開關(87c )數秒,就可以進 行顯示。另外,當該操作故障時,由於客戶服務人員會前 去修理,所以爲了使顧客即使誤會而進行操作,壓縮機回 轉數也不會被顯示出來,而製作成在例如打開電冰箱冷藏 室扉(10e )的狀態下,進行前述開關操作時,壓縮機回轉 數才會被顯示出來。 接著,關於操作部微電腦控制(52c )的基本控制動 作,參照第41至44圖加以說明。第41至44圖係關於本發 明的電冰箱中控制部微電腦控制的動作流程圖。 當電冰箱插電後,顯示部(70c)的LCD大約會在30 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) — ~ -84- I I I 1 . I Ϊ 11 - I - - I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 _______ B7 五、發明説明(勾 秒間進行全部亮燈的動作(步驟1 1 〇c ),判定快速冷卻開 關(61 y )是否被按下(步驟120c )。在該判定下,若是沒 有繼續按住快速冷卻運轉開關(61y )的話,就會進入步驟 (130c ),若是繼續按住快速冷卻運轉開關(61y )的話, 就會被判定按住快速冷卻運轉開關(61 y )而進入步驟 (1 2 1 c )。在該判定下,若是沒有繼續按住時,快速冷卻 運轉模式就會動作(步驟1 22c )。該快速冷卻運轉模式的 動作,在設定時,會設定快速冷卻運轉機能,並且使快速 冷凍顯示(7 1 a )亮燈,進而持續發出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音, 在經過預定的時間後,仍會持續發出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音, 並且將快速冷凍解凍顯示(71 a )加以熄燈。 當在步驟(1 2 1 c )中按住不放時,鎖鈕模式動作之後 (步驟123c ),會進入步驟(130c )。該鎖鈕模式,係顯 示了鎖鈕顯示(71b ),並且禁止了由快速冷凍開關 (63y )所致新的設定,同時持續發出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音。 在步驟(130c)中,判定快速解凍開關(62y)是否被 按下時,快速解凍開關(62y )若是沒被按下時,會進入步 驟(140c ),被按下時,會判定爲快速解凍開關(62y )被 按住而進入步驟(1 3 1 c )。在該判定下,若是沒有按住的 話,快速解凍運轉模式會動作而進入步驟(1 32c )。該快 速冷凍運轉模式的動作,在設定時,係設定快速解凍運轉 機能,並且使快速冷凍解凍顯示(7 1 a )亮燈,進而持續發 出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音,並且將快速冷凍解凍顯示(7 1 a )熄 燈。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29?公釐) ' -85 - I------------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(约 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在步驟(131c )按住不放的情況下,會啓動省電運轉 模式(步驟133c),之後進入步驟(140c)。該省電運轉 模式,係顯示了省電顯示(72b ),並且同時地持續發出蜂 鳴音來輸出聲音。 在步驟(140c )中,判定快速冷凍開關(63y )是否被 按下時,快速冷凍開關(63y )若是沒被按下時,會進入步 驟(150c),被按下時,會判定爲快速冷凍開關(63y)被 按住而進入步驟(141c )。在該判定下,若是沒有按住的 話,快速冷凍運轉模式會動作而進入步驟(142c )。該快 速冷凍運轉模式的動作,在設定時,係設定快速冷凍運轉 機能,並且使快速冷凍顯示(73a )亮燈,進而持續發出蜂 鳴音來輸出聲音,並且將快速冷凍顯示(73a )熄燈。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在步驟(141c)按住不放的情況下,會啓動聲音/蜂鳴 聲切換模式(步驟143c ),之後進入步驟(140c )。該聲 音/蜂鳴聲切換模式,如前所述,係每當按住快速冷凍開關 (63y)時,可以在:蜂鳴器/聲音兩者皆發出聲音、只有蜂 鳴器發出聲音、及兩者皆不發出聲音的這三種形態的設定 中作切換。 在步驟(150c)中,判定切換室設定開關(64y)是否 被按下時,切換室設定開關(64y)若是沒被按下時,會進 入步驟(1 60c ),被按下時,會判定爲啓動切換室運轉模 式而被而進入步驟(161c),再進入步驟(160c)。該切換 室運轉模式的動作,係每當切換室設定開關(64y)被按下 時,會將切換室(7c )在冷凍、慢性冷凍、局部冷凍、冰 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -86- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(84 溫、冰凍、冷藏、送風之七個溫度帶中進行運轉的切換, 並且當其設定時會持續發出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音,使被設定 的切換室顯示部(74c )亮燈。 在步驟(160c)中,進行冷藏室(5c)及冷凍室(9c) 的溫度顯示。該溫度顯示,係以溫度感應器偵知冷藏室 (5c)及冷凍室(9c)的溫度,再將其溫度資料自主微電腦 控制(5 1 c )處接收,顯示在冷藏室溫度顯示部(76b )及冷 凍室溫度顯示部(77b)上。 接著,在步驟(161c )中,判定冷藏室溫度設定開關 (66y )是否被按下時,冷藏室溫度設定開關(66y )若是 沒被按下時,會進入步驟(163c ),被按下時,會啓動冷 藏室溫度設定模式而進入步驟(162c )。這種冷藏室溫度 設定模式的動作,會在每當冷藏室溫度設定開關_( 66y )被 按下時,將冷藏室(5c)的冷卻強度依5階段切換來加以 設定,並且將被設定的冷藏室設定顯示(76a )亮燈,在進 行該設定時,會持續發出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音。 接著,在步驟(163c )中,判定冷凍室溫度設定開關 (67y )是否被按下時,冷凍室溫度設定開關(67y )若是 沒被按下時,會進入步驟(170c ),被按下時,會啓動冷 凍室溫度設定模式而進入步驟(164c)。這種冷凍室溫度 設定模式的動作,會在每當冷藏室溫度設定開關(66y )被 按下時,將冷藏室(5c )的冷卻強度依5階段切換來加以 設定,並且將被設定的冷凍室設定顯示(77a )亮燈,在進 行該設定時,會持續發出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) n·—— n I ϋ - - - ...__ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} -訂 •f 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -87- 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(砷 接著,在步驟(170c )中,判定定時設定開關(65y ) 是否被按下時,定時設定開關(65y )若是沒被按下時,會 進入步驟(1 80c ),被按下時,會在之後預定的時間內判 定冷藏室溫度設定開關(66y)或冷凍室溫度設定開關 (67 y)是否被按下而進入步驟(171c)。在該判定中,若 是沒有按下的話,會進入步驟(1 80c ),若是被按下的 話,之後在預定的時間內會再度判定定時設定開關(65y ) 是否被按下而進入步驟(172c)。若是在該判定中未按下 的話,會進入步驟(1 80c ),按下的情況下則啓動定時時 間模式。 接著,在步驟(180c )中,判定製冰開關(68y )是否 被按下時,製冰開關(68y)若是沒被按下時,會進入步驟 (190c),被按下時,則會判定製冰開關(68yV被按住而 進入步驟(181c)。在該判定中,若是沒有按住的話,會 起動製冰運轉模式而進入步驟(182c ),接著進入步驟 (190c )。該製冰運轉模式的動作,係每當按下製冰開關 (6 8 y )時,就會設定製冰、暫時停止製冰、停止製冰之各 項運轉,將製冰顯示部(78e)的設定區域加以亮燈,在其 設定時,會持續發出蜂鳴音來輸出聲音。 在步驟(1 8 lc )中,按住不放的情況下,會起動淸掃 模式而進入步驟(183c ),之後進入步驟(190c )。該淸掃 模式,係將淸掃顯示(78c)亮燈,並且會持續發出蜂鳴音 來輸出聲音。又,在經過預定的時間之後,會持續發出表 示淸掃完畢的蜂鳴音來輸出聲音。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----- - i— I - -- ϋ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)V. Description of the invention (7D (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Quick cooling switch (61y), quick defrosting switch (62y), quick freezing switch (63y), switching room setting switch (64y), timing setting When the switch (65y) is pressed to set the current product function, pressing the buttons (61b), (62b), (63b), (65b) is constituted by LEDs (61c), (62c), (63c), (65c) to emit light. Next, the operation switch (60y) and display section (70c) on the operation panel (56c) will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 and 40. The 39th figure is in the same refrigerator The front view of the operation panel of Fig. 40 is an enlarged view of the display installed in the operation panel of Fig. 39. As described above, the operation panel (56c) is provided with an operation switch (60y) and Display section (70c). By pressing the push buttons (61b) to (68b) of the operation switches (61y) to (68y) constituting the operation switch (60y), a predetermined product function is set, and the corresponding control is controlled. For the function of the set product, it displays the information about the set product on the display. (70c) The product function in each area. The quick cooling switch (61 y) printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is used to make the cooling fan (26c) for cooling the food in the cold storage room (5c) run quickly The defrosting switch (62y) is used to operate the cooling fan (26c) of the food in the defrosting refrigerator (5c), and the quick freezing switch (63y) is used to make the number of revolutions of the compressor (38c) reach the maximum number of revolutions. The food in the freezing chamber (9c) is frozen. The switching chamber setting button (64y) is used to set the cooling function of the different temperature zone of the switching chamber (7c). The timer setting switch (65y) is used to set the timer function and For start-up and reset function, the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch (66y) is used to set the temperature of the refrigerating compartment (5c), and the freezing compartment temperature setting switch (67y) is the paper standard applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -74- 528848 A7 _______B7 _ V. Description of the invention (for setting the temperature of the freezer (9c), the ice making switch (68y) is used to stop ice making, temporarily stop making ice, and switch the ice making Transport If the rapid cooling switch (61y) is pressed, the rapid cooling operation mode display is set, and the entire rapid cooling and thawing display section (7 1 a) of the display section (70c) is turned on, and the refrigerator compartment fan ( 26c), and the cylindrical ventilation duct (25c) rotates in a direction detected by the direction determination sensor (37c) to perform a rapid cooling operation of the refrigerator compartment (5c). When the quick cooling switch (61y) is pressed again, the position of the cylindrical ventilation duct (25c) can be specified respectively in the order of left, center and right according to the place to be cooled. If the quick cooling switch (61y) is pressed further, the quick cooling operation will be stopped. In addition, the quick-cooling switch (61y) has an LED (61c) that lights up during operation, and also has the function of preventing children from mischief, that is, the lock button function. This kind of lock function is based on continuous rapid cooling The switch (61y) sets the lock button mode for a few seconds (for example, 3 seconds) to prohibit the new setting made by the quick defrost switch (62y), and uses the length of the fast cooling switch to hold down to distinguish it from the fast cooling operation. When this button is locked, the button lock display (71b) on the display (70c) lights up. In addition, by pressing the quick cooling switch (61y) for several seconds, the lock function can be released. If the quick defrosting switch (62y) is held down, the quick cooling operation mode display will be set. The entire quick cooling and defrosting display section (7 1 a) of the display section (70c) will light up, and the refrigerator compartment fan ( 26c), and the cylindrical ventilation duct (25c) rotates in a direction detected by the direction determination sensor (37c) to perform a rapid cooling operation of the refrigerator compartment (5c). When this paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) '• 75-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page), * ιτ Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Consumption Cooperative 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (73) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) When the quick cooling switch (6 1 y) is pressed again, the position of the cylindrical ventilation duct (25c) can be adjusted as required. Cooling points are specified in the order of left, center, and right. If the rapid cooling switch (6 1 y) is pressed further, the rapid cooling operation will be stopped. In addition, the quick defrosting switch (62y) has an LED (62c) that lights up during operation, and also has a power-saving operation function controlled by PAM. This power-saving operation function is set by continuously pressing the quick defrosting switch (62y) for several seconds (for example, 3 seconds), and using the pressing time of the quick defrosting switch (62y) to distinguish it from the quick defrosting operation. During this power saving operation, the power saving display (72b) of the display section (70c) lights up. In addition, if the defrosting switch (62y) is further held down for a few seconds, the power-saving operation machine can be released. If the quick freeze switch (63y) is pressed, the quick freeze operation mode will be set, the quick freeze display section (73a) of the display section (70c) will light up, and the motor (44y) will run at high speed for fast Freezing operation. If the quick freeze switch (63y) is pressed further, the quick freeze operation will stop. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, this quick-freezing switch (63y), the LED (63c) will light up during operation, and it also has the function of setting the sound / beep switching mode. This sound / beep switching mode is set by pressing and holding the quick freeze switch (63y) for a few seconds (for example, 3 seconds). Using the length of the quick freeze switch (63y), the quick freeze can Make a difference. When the sound output is "OFF", the sound side of the sound output display (73b) of the display sound ^ (70c) will turn off, and when the beep sound is "OFF", the sound output display (73b). This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) ) A4 specification (210X29 * / mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 _ B7 __ V. Description of the invention (The buzzer side of Μ will turn off. Whenever the quick freeze switch (63y) is pressed 'Both can be switched between three types of beep / sound output, only beep output, and neither sound. If the switch room setting switch (64y) is pressed', the switch room operation The mode will be set. Whenever the switch room setting switch (64y) is pressed, 'the switch room (7c) can be frozen, chronic frozen, local frozen, ice temperature, frozen, refrigerated, and air supply in seven temperature zones. Switch operation, and designate the switch display of any of the seven temperature zones of freezing, chronic freezing, local freezing, ice temperature, freezing, refrigerating, and air supply in the switching room display section (74c) to light up. When the switch (65y) is set, the timing display section (75c) of the display section (70c) lights up, and the refrigerating compartment temperature display section (76b) and freezer display section (77c) of the refrigerating display section (76c) ) The freezer temperature display section (77b) will be changed to display by timer function. That is, after pressing the timer setting switch (65y), if the refrigerator temperature setting switch (66y) is pressed, It can be set with "minutes", if you press the freezer temperature setting switch (67y), you can use "seconds". After that, if you press the timer setting switch (65y) again, the timer time mode will be Will be set, and the set time counter will start counting. In addition, the LED (65c) will light up when the timer is activated. If the timer setting switch (65y) is pressed again, the set time will be reset The paper size of the refrigerating compartment temperature display (76b) and the freezer compartment temperature display are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ------------ (Please read the Matters needing attention ), 11 -77- 528848 A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The invention description (7 and (77b) are displayed as two-digit seven-segmented numbers, because they are adjacent to each other Display, so when the minutes and seconds are displayed on both, the consecutive two are very easy to identify in accordance with the order of minutes and seconds. In particular, the timer display (75c) and the temperature of the refrigerator compartment are displayed. The upper part (76b) and the freezer compartment temperature display part (77b) are arranged above and below, which can further improve the visibility. Then, 60 seconds are cut into a plurality of time periods (10 seconds in this embodiment) in units of 5 seconds, and "seconds" can be set on the freezer temperature display section (77b). In this way, the setting of "second" can be completed in a short time, and it has good usability. By pressing the refrigerator compartment temperature setting switch (66y), the refrigerator compartment temperature setting mode will be set, and by repeatedly pressing the refrigerator compartment temperature setting switch (66y), the temperature setting of the refrigerator compartment (5c) can be weakened. When the strong is set to the 5th stage, the cooling operation of the set intensity is performed, and the refrigerating compartment setting display (76a) is moved from the weak to the strong cursor. Although it was mentioned earlier, the refrigerator compartment temperature setting switch (66y) 'is a "minute" setting switch that also has a timer. In addition, on the refrigerating compartment temperature display section (76b), a detected temperature of the refrigerating compartment (5c) can be displayed by a temperature sensor. If the freezer compartment temperature setting switch (67y) is repeatedly pressed, 'the temperature setting of the freezer compartment (9c) can be set in 5 stages from weak to strong', and the cooling operation with the set intensity is performed, and the freezer compartment is set Show (77a) the cursor moves from weak to strong. Although previously mentioned, the freezer temperature setting switch (67y) is a "second" setting switch that also has a timer. In addition, on the freezer temperature display section (77b), the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) by temperature sensing. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order -78 -528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (7) This device can display the temperature of the detected freezer (9c).--N-I— I n-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) By repeatedly pressing the ice-making switch (68Υ), the functions such as stopping ice making, temporarily stopping ice making, and ice-making operation can be set. 'This set ice-making operation can be performed, and it can be displayed on the ice-making display. (78c), the ice making stop display (78a), the ice making display section (78b), and the ice making operation state (ie, no display) are switched. The ice making switch (68y) has both The function of the ice making sweep switch is, for example, that the ice making machine can be swept by pressing and holding it for 5 seconds. When the ice making machine is sweeping, the sweep display (78c) lights up. Operation switch (61y) ~ (68y) 'Department with different shapes and large tfi. Ministry of Economic Affairs The three types of buttons (61b) ~ (68b) printed by the employee's consumer cooperative in the property bureau are small combinations. In this way, the types of operation switches (61y) ~ (68y) are made into buttons (61b) ~ (68b). It is easy to identify. In particular, among the three buttons (61b) to (68b) of the operation switches (61y) to (68y), the buttons (61b) to (63b) for setting the rapid cooling operation and the buttons for setting the temperature of the storage compartment ( 66b) and (67b) are made into different shapes, and the buttons (64b) with different switching functions that are set and switched to the switching room (7c) are made smaller than other buttons (61b) to (63b). Generally, the buttons (61b) ~ (63b), (66b), (67b), which are frequently used, can be easily operated, and can reduce the impact of cooled foods which are generally used less frequently, especially It can reduce the possibility of pressing the large button (64b) by mistake. In particular, the buttons (61b) to (63b) are large and slightly oval shapes, and the buttons (66b) and (67b) are large. The shape is slightly rectangular, and the buttons (64b) and (68b) are slightly smaller. The paper size of the square form is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) -79- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Statement. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Here, explain Regarding the sound output by the sound device (80c). If the fast cooling switch (61 y) is pressed, the fast cooling and thawing display (7 1 a) of the display section (70c) will light up and beep by After the buzzer (54c) emits a beep, it will emit, for example, "Start rapid cooling!" "the sound of. Then, if the setting of the quick cooling operation is completed after a predetermined time, a sound such as "Quick cooling operation completed!" Will be issued through the horn (83c). Similarly, if the quick freeze switch (63y) is pressed, the quick freeze display section (73a) of the display section (70c) will light up, and after the buzzer (54c) emits a beep sound, it will borrow The horn (83c) emits a sound such as "Start rapid freezing!". Then, if the setting of the quick freezing operation is completed after a predetermined time, a sound such as "The quick freezing operation is completed!" Will be issued through the horn (83c). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and using the switch room setting switch, although you can switch the seven temperature zones of freezing, chronic freezing, local freezing, ice temperature, freezing, refrigeration, and air supply, but if it is set to local, After the buzzer sounds through the buzzer (54c), a sound such as "Partial setting is completed. Suitable for processing meat and fish. Since it is only slightly frozen and stored, it is suitable for cooking or grilling." Inform the operating function and its specific content. In this way, in the present embodiment, there is a function capable of notifying the operation function of the switching room (7c) to be set and its specific content by voice. In addition, when setting by the operation switch, no matter which operation switch is set, after the beep sounds, it corresponds to each set function (CNS) A4 ^ (210X297 ^) -80-528848 A7 B7 5 、 Explanation of the invention (7 today's voice will also sound. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Then, explain the display function. The display function is used to improve the demonstration effect when it is displayed in the store as described above. In other words, when purchasing a refrigerator, customers will 'merge the specifications or design of the refrigerator at the store, confirm the physical and catalogue, and then choose the refrigerator to purchase. Therefore, in order to make it easy for customers to understand the refrigerator Display function. This display function is in the state where the refrigerating compartment 扉 (10e) is open, for example, by simultaneously pressing the ice-making switch (68y) and the temperature setting of the freezer compartment. After the switch (6 7 y) is several seconds (for example, 5 seconds), the display mode will be determined, and the display (79c) in the display of the display section (70c) will be performed. Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee consumer cooperatives are printed to demonstrate the function, for example, when the food in the cold room (5c) is rapidly cooled, or when the food that is frozen in the refrigerator (5c) is thawed, the food is quickly thawed. Although the fan (26c) or the cylindrical ventilation duct (25c) will operate with the refrigerator compartment closed, the customer cannot understand how it operates when the refrigerator compartment is closed. Therefore, when the display function is set, the refrigerating compartment fan (26c) or the cylindrical ventilation duct (25c) will operate even when the refrigerating compartment 扉 (10e) is on. For example, if the refrigerator temperature setting switch (66.y) is pressed, this will be issued: "The refrigerator is efficient! If you want to drink cold beer, just let it stand for 30 minutes! Quickly thaw! I want to cut frozen meat As long as 15 minutes! Of course, this dual P AM refrigerator will bring amazing power saving! The world's first! Dual PAM refrigerator! "The function of the refrigerator or the special paper standard applies to Chinese national standards CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) — -81-528848 A7 B7 V. Invention description (7 today's advertising voice. This display function is considered to be mostly used in a large place with about 80 decibels of noise, so The microcomputer control (52c) of the operation part (55c) of the operation substrate (55c) is used to confirm the function status of the display, and the amplifier (82c) is used to amplify the sound signal to be larger than usual, so as to amplify the volume. In places with low noise, you can set the volume at the level of normal use by pressing and holding the quick freeze switch (63y) for a period of time (for example, 3 seconds), and if you continue to press the button again, If you live, you can increase to a higher volume level. In addition, when the display function is performed, the switching room display section (74c) of the display section (70c) displays the display of freezing, chronic freezing, local freezing, ice temperature, freezing, refrigerating, and air supply, for example, one cycle per second. Flash periodically to attract customers' attention. At this time, when the switch room setting switch (64y) is set on the switch room, the display of the set switch room will light up at a predetermined time, and the set switch room function will be issued through the speaker (83c). The sound, again, flashes periodically again after a predetermined time has elapsed. With this, the demonstration effect can be further enhanced. In addition, if you press and hold the quick freeze switch (63y), the volume can be changed as described above when the function is displayed, but in normal use, you can also set the sound output "ON" and "OFF". However, since the display function is used to explain the product to the customer, the sound cannot be stopped even if the above operation is performed when the function is displayed. By this, it is possible to prevent the sound from being stopped due to an operation error when the function is displayed. Similarly, if you press and hold the quick cooling switch (61y), although this paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) ------------ (Please read the back first Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-82- 528848 A7 __B7 ___ V. Description of the invention ((Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The setting of the lock button function can be Even if the child presses mischievously, the state in the refrigerator will not change, but when the display function is performed, even if the above operation is performed, it will not be set to the lock button state described above. This can prevent the display function The lock button was accidentally pressed and the button was locked. In the past, the display function was switched by shorting the lead wire set on the control board provided on the back of the refrigerator. In order to short the lead wire, a dedicated Connectors, and when the displayed products are sold in stores, sometimes they forget to remove the special connector, so that customers cannot operate normally when operating in their own homes. Therefore, by using the switch of the operation substrate (55) in the operation panel (56c) as described above, by setting the display function, it is not necessary to use the conventional dedicated connector. The Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Consumption Cooperative printed another On the other hand, in a retail store or the like, in a state where the display function is set, most of the refrigerator will be turned off after the work is closed. In this case, the display function must be set again the next day. Therefore, the display In the case where the function has been set, even if the power of the refrigerator is turned off, the display function state will be stored in the non-volatile memory (53c), so when the power is re-plugged, it will appear. The display function can store the state of the refrigerator in the operation board (55c). However, if the product is sold to the customer while the display function is set, the customer uses it in the normal operating state, so even when plugged in It will not operate normally, so if it is re-plugged when it is set to show the function, it will be within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds) After the buzzer emits a beep sound, a sound such as "It is set in the display function!" Is displayed. In addition, the display section (70c) is also displayed in the display to show that the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) -83-528848 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention (81) (7 9 c). Therefore, if it is sold to customers under the state of display function, customers can also plug in I know that the refrigerator is set to the display function. In addition, the display function can be cancelled by performing the same operation again as the setting. Next, the alarm function will be described. The alarm function, as described above, although It is based on the detection results of various sensors to arouse the user's attention, but when, for example, the door is forgotten to be closed or malfunctions, a beep or a sound may be used to give an alarm. In addition, when the compressor of a refrigerator makes noise, it has not been easy to understand how many compressor revolutions make noise in the past. Therefore, in this embodiment, the seven compartments using the refrigerating compartment temperature display section (76b) and the freezing compartment temperature display section (77b) can be displayed as the number of compressor revolutions in operation or the number corresponding to the number of revolutions of the compressor in operation. Text or numbers. As a display method, a switch of the operation substrate (5 5 c) is used. For example, by holding down the refrigerator compartment setting switch (86c) and the freezer compartment setting switch (87c) for a few seconds, the display can be performed. In addition, when this operation fails, the customer service staff will go to repair, so that the compressor rotation number will not be displayed in order to make the customer operate even if they misunderstand. 10e), the number of compressor revolutions will only be displayed when the switch operation is performed. Next, the basic control operation of the operation unit microcomputer control (52c) will be described with reference to Figs. 41 to 44. 41 to 44 are flowcharts showing the operation of the microcomputer control of the control unit in the refrigerator of the present invention. When the refrigerator is plugged in, the LCD of the display section (70c) will apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) at approximately 30 paper sizes — ~ -84- III 1. I Ϊ 11-I-- I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 _______ B7 V. Description of the invention (all lights are turned on in seconds (step 1 1 〇c), It is determined whether the quick cooling switch (61 y) is pressed (step 120c). Under this determination, if the quick cooling operation switch (61y) is not continuously pressed, the process proceeds to step (130c), and if the quick cooling is continued to be pressed If the operation switch (61y) is pressed, it will be judged that the quick cooling operation switch (61y) is held down and the process proceeds to step (1 2 1c). Under this judgment, if the pressing is not continued, the quick cooling operation mode will be activated. (Step 1 22c). In the operation of the rapid cooling operation mode, during the setting, the rapid cooling operation function is set, and the quick freezing display (7 1 a) is turned on, and then a continuous beep sound is output to output sound. After the predetermined time, the buzzer will continue to sound to output the sound, and the quick freeze and thaw display (71 a) will be turned off. When pressed and held in step (1 2 1 c), the lock button mode will be activated. (Step 123c), it will enter step (130c). In this lock button mode, the lock button display (71b) is displayed, and the new setting caused by the quick freeze switch (63y) is prohibited, and at the same time, a buzzer sounds continuously. Output sound. In step (130c), when it is determined whether the quick defrosting switch (62y) is pressed, if the quick defrosting switch (62y) is not pressed, it will go to step (140c), and when pressed, it will determine If the quick defrosting switch (62y) is pressed, the process goes to step (1 3 1 c). Under this determination, if it is not pressed, the quick defrosting operation mode will be activated and the process will go to step (1 32c). The quick freezing operation mode During the setting, the quick thawing operation function is set, and the quick freeze thawing display (7 1 a) is turned on, and then a continuous beep sound is output to output sound, and the quick freeze thawing display (7 1 a) is turned off. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29? Mm) '-85-I ------------ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-Order Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs's Consumer Cooperatives 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (approximately (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) In the case of pressing and holding in step (131c), power-saving operation will be started Mode (step 133c), and then proceed to step (140c). In this power-saving operation mode, a power-saving display (72b) is displayed, and a buzzer sound is continuously output to output sound. In step (140c), when it is determined whether the quick freeze switch (63y) is pressed, if the quick freeze switch (63y) is not pressed, the process proceeds to step (150c), and when pressed, it is judged as a quick freeze. The switch (63y) is pressed to proceed to step (141c). In this determination, if it is not held down, the quick freezing operation mode is activated and the process proceeds to step (142c). In the operation of the quick freezing operation mode, during the setting, the quick freezing operation function is set, and the quick freezing display (73a) is turned on, and then a beep sound is continuously emitted to output sound, and the quick freezing display (73a) is turned off. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When step (141c) is held down, the sound / beep switch mode is activated (step 143c), and then step (140c) is entered. The sound / buzzer switching mode, as described above, can be performed when: the buzzer / sound both sounds, only the buzzer sounds, and two You can switch between the three types of settings where no sound is produced. In step (150c), when it is determined whether the switch room setting switch (64y) is pressed, if the switch room setting switch (64y) is not pressed, the process proceeds to step (60c), and when pressed, it is determined In order to start the switching operation mode, the process proceeds to step (161c), and then proceeds to step (160c). The operation of the switching room operation mode is that whenever the switching room setting switch (64y) is pressed, the switching room (7c) will be applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) for freezing, chronic freezing, local freezing, and ice paper. A4 specification (210X297mm) -86- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (84 temperature, freezing, refrigerating, air supply in seven temperature zones to switch operation, and when it is set, it will continue to emit a beep sound to output The sound causes the set switching room display section (74c) to light up. In step (160c), the temperature display of the refrigerating room (5c) and the freezing room (9c) is displayed. This temperature display is detected by a temperature sensor The temperature of the refrigerating compartment (5c) and the freezing compartment (9c) is received by the independent microcomputer control (5 1 c), and displayed on the refrigerating compartment temperature display section (76b) and the freezing compartment temperature display section (77b). Next, in step (161c), when it is determined whether the refrigerator compartment temperature setting switch (66y) is pressed, if the refrigerator compartment temperature setting switch (66y) is not pressed, the process proceeds to step (163c) and is pressed. When the refrigerator is activated The temperature setting mode enters step (162c). The operation of the refrigerator temperature setting mode will change the cooling intensity of the refrigerator (5c) according to 5 stages whenever the refrigerator temperature setting switch _ (66y) is pressed. The setting is switched by switching, and the set refrigerator compartment setting display (76a) is turned on, and when the setting is performed, a buzzer sound is continuously output to output sound. Next, in step (163c), the freezing compartment temperature setting is determined. When the switch (67y) is pressed, if the freezer temperature setting switch (67y) is not pressed, it will go to step (170c). When it is pressed, it will start the freezer temperature setting mode and go to step (164c). In this freezing chamber temperature setting mode, the cooling intensity of the refrigerating compartment (5c) is switched by 5 steps every time the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch (66y) is pressed, and the set The freezer setting display (77a) is on, and when this setting is performed, a continuous beep sound will be output to output sound. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) n · —— n I ϋ---...__ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} -Order • f Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-87- 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (arsenic followed by, In step (170c), when it is determined whether the timing setting switch (65y) is pressed, if the timing setting switch (65y) is not pressed, it will proceed to step (180c), and when pressed, it will be scheduled later It is determined whether the refrigerating compartment temperature setting switch (66y) or the freezing compartment temperature setting switch (67y) is pressed within the time, and the process proceeds to step (171c). In this determination, if it has not been pressed, it will proceed to step (1 80c). If it has been pressed, it will be determined again in a predetermined time whether the timing setting switch (65y) is pressed and then proceeds to step (172c) . If it is not pressed during this determination, it will proceed to step (1 80c). If it is pressed, the timer time mode will be activated. Next, in step (180c), it is determined whether the ice making switch (68y) is pressed. If the ice making switch (68y) is not pressed, the process proceeds to step (190c), and when it is pressed, it is determined The ice-making switch (68yV is held down and proceeds to step (181c). In this determination, if it is not held down, the ice-making operation mode is started to enter step (182c), and then to step (190c). This ice-making operation In the operation of the mode, every time the ice-making switch (6 8 y) is pressed, various operations such as ice-making, temporarily stopping ice-making, and stopping ice-making are set, and the setting area of the ice-making display section (78e) is set. Lights up, and when it is set, it will continuously emit a beep sound to output sound. In step (1 8 lc), if you press and hold, the sweep mode will be activated to enter step (183c), and then enter step (190c). In this sweep mode, the sweep display (78c) is on, and a buzzer sound is continuously output to output sound. After a predetermined period of time, a buzzer indicating the completion of the sweep is continuously issued. To output sound. This paper size is applicable to Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) ----- - i- I - - ϋ (Read the back of the precautions to fill out this page)

、1T 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -88 528848 A7 _ ___ B7_ 五、發明説明(86) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 接著,在步驟(190c )中,判定是否爲展示設定條 件’若非展示設定條件的話,就進入步驟(200c ),若是 展示設定條件的話,則啓動展示模示而進入步驟 (191c )。關於該展示模式中的展示機能,詳如前述,故 省略其說明。 接著,在步驟(200c)中,判定電源是否爲『OFF』, 在電源爲『OFF』之前,會重覆上述的動作。 若依據本實施形態,根據被配置在電冰箱扉(1 0e )的 前面部之複數個的操作開關(60y )的設定,由於具備有控 制電冰箱的冷卻運轉以及聲音裝置(80c )之控制裝置 (39c ),並且利用操作開關(60y )將與所被設定的各個運 轉機能有關的內容,製作成用喇叭(83c )以聲音報知地加 以控制之聲音控制手段,所以電冰箱的使用者,.可以在離 開電冰箱之後,以聲音確認所設定的運轉機能內容,例 如,可以在設定後馬上就可以一邊進行其他的動作,一邊 用聲音加以確認,藉此可以顯著地提昇使用的便利性。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,被配置在電冰箱扉(1 0e )的前面部且具備用來顯 示出複數個運轉機能的顯示部(70 ),並且利用操作開關 (63y ),由於具備有控制電冰箱了冷卻運轉以及聲音裝置 (80c )之控制裝置(39c ),並且利用操作開關(60y )將 與所被設定的各個運轉機能有關的內容,製作成以聲音報 知地加以控制之聲音控制手段,並且將對應於各運轉機能 的顯示內容用顯示部(70c )顯示而加以控制之顯示控制手 段,所以電冰箱的使用者,可以藉由喇D八所發出的聲音來 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 7-广--— -89-/ . 528848 A7 ,_ _ B7_ 五、發明説明(的 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 確認所設定的各運轉機能,並且藉由顯示部(70c )的顯 示,可以經常性地加以確認,藉此可以更進一步地提昇使 用的便利性。 再者,由於在設定時各運轉機關會以聲音報知開始的 內容,並且在設定後經過預定的時間後各運轉機關會以聲 音報知終了的內容,以此作爲聲音控制手段,所以,使用 者不只是在設定運轉機能時可以用聲音來確認,即使是終 了時也可以用聲音確認,例如在快速解凍運轉的情況下, 可以在確認解凍終了後,馬上著手進行食品的烹調,藉此 可以更進一步地提昇使用的便利性。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 然後,由於控制裝置(39 )係具備有:包含著從多數 個溫度帶的冷藏運轉到冷凍運轉之運轉機能並在各機能間 切換而加以冷卻之切換室,並且將該切換室中多數個的運 轉機能內容用顯示部(70c )的多數個的區域來顯示而加以 控制之顯示控制手段,和將設定的各運轉機能具體地說明 之以聲音報知而加以控制之聲音控制手段;所以特別在複 雜的切換室運轉機能上都可以輕易地加以確認,藉此可以 更進一步地提昇使用的便利性。 又,由於具備用蜂鳴聲報知之蜂鳴器(54 ),具有在 聲音報知之前先用蜂鳴聲報知而加以控制之蜂鳴器控制手 段之控制裝置(39c ),所以在聽到蜂鳴聲後會加以留意而 可以確認藉由聲音報知的運轉機能,藉此可以更進一步地 提昇使用的便利性。 又,由於作爲聲音控制手段,係將報知出關於設定的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公慶) -90 - 528848 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(88) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 各運轉機能的內容利用『ON』『OFF』來控制,所以當沒 有聲音報知的必要時,可以將聲音裝置(80c )關掉,藉此 可以更進一步地提昇使用的便利性。 再者,利用同一操作開關(60y )的按下時間的長短, 可以選擇聲音報知的設定和運轉機能的設定,用喇叭 (83c )可以控制成以聲音來報知,且當聲音報知被設定 時,由於作爲聲音控制手段,係將報知內容利用『〇N』 『OFF』來控制,所以使用同一個操作開關(60y )這種簡 單的結構下,可以在聲音報知的設定和運轉機能的設定之 間作切換,並且可以控制聲音報知的『ON』『OFF』,藉 此只要以便宜的價格就可以更進一步地提昇使用的便利 性。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 並且,由於作爲聲音蜂鳴器控制手段,係根據用來設 定聲音報知及蜂鳴音報知的同一操作開關(63y )的按壓次 數,就可以選擇聲音報知及蜂鳴聲報知的『ON』『OFF』 而加以控制,所以用簡單的結構,就可以將聲音報知及蜂 鳴聲報知加以單獨選擇或組合後加以選擇,藉此只要以便 宜的價格就可以更進一步地提昇使用的便利性。 又,由於控制裝置(39c)係由控制電冰箱冷卻運轉之 主微電腦控制(51c)、和顯示部(70c)、以及控制聲音裝 置(80c )操作部微電腦控制(52c )所構成,所以將顯示部 (70c )及聲音裝置(80c )的控制,分擔到操作部微電腦 上,就可以進行複雜的顯示及聲音報知的控制,藉此可以 更進一步地提昇使用的便利性。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -91 - 528848 A7 _ B7___ 五、發明説明(均 再者,由於係將操作開關(60y )及顯示部(70c )搭載 在操作基板前面側上,並且將構成聲音裝置(80c)之聲音 合成IC ( 81c )和操作部微電腦控制(52c )搭載在操作基 板(55c )的顯示部(70c )的相反側上,所以就可以有效地 利用不需印刷配線連接部份的顯示部(70c )的相反側的空 間,可以將操作基板(55c )小型化。 然後,具備:被配置在電冰箱扉(l〇e)的前面部且設 定展示機能的操作開關(60y )、和具有用聲音報知展示機 能的喇叭(83c )之聲音裝置(80c )、和根據操作開關 (60y )的設定來控制聲音裝置之控制裝置(39c ) ’作爲聲 音控制手段,由於被製作成當展示機能被設定時’用聲音 報知關於展示機能的內容來加以控制,所以即使在離開電 冰箱的位置上,仍然可以將相關的展示機能內容告知顧 客,藉此可以顯著地提升在店面的示範效果。 再者,具備被配置在電冰箱扉(10e)的前面部且具備 用來顯示出展示機能的顯示部(70 ),作爲聲音控制手 段,由於被製作成:將關於被設定的展示機能的顯示內容 用顯示部(70 )顯示而加以控制,並且將關於被設定的展 示機能的聲音內容用喇叭(83c )來以聲音報知而加以控 制,所以可以將關於展示機能的顯示內容和聲音內容加以 合倂使用,來進行示範。藉此可以進一步提升在店面的示 範效果。 而且,作爲有關於展示機能的聲音內容,由於包含有 針對該電冰箱的運轉機能的內容、和針對該電冰箱的特徵 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) "一 -92 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -1¾. 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 ___B7 _ 五、發明説明(9() (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 的內容,所以對顧客而言,可以發揮告知該電冰箱運轉機 能而選定購買的對象機種之效果,並且可以宣傳該電冰箱 的優點,藉此可以進一步提升在店面的示範效果。 又,作爲聲音裝置(80c),係具備將運轉機能的聲音 報知和展示機能的聲音報知加以共用之聲音1C,而作爲聲 音控制手段,由於可以利用:具備有將運轉機能的聲音報 知和展示機能的聲音報知加以共用之聲音1C、和喇叭 (83c ),來進行聲音報知,所以用便宜的結構就可以提升 在店面的示範效果。 再者,在電冰箱扉(l〇c )打開的狀態下,形狀及大小 不同的操作開關(60y ),當相鄰接的複數個按鈕同時被按 下時,怍爲展示設定控制手段,由於可以設定成展示機能 而加以控制,所以操作簡單,係可以減少由於錯誤操作所 致的展示機能設定。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,將有關於設定的展示機能的內容儲存在非揮發性 記憶體的記憶部中,接著,當電冰箱插上商用電源的插頭 時,由於根據被記憶的相關展示機能內容’作爲記憶控制 手段可以用顯示部(70c )顯示而加以控制’所以當在店面 展示電冰箱而使用到展示機能時,每天在拔下插頭或插上 電源之際,就不必再重新設定展示機能’而可以顯著地提 升其使用上的便利性。 、 又,具備有將切換室的多數個的運轉機能的內容’用 多數個的區域來顯示之顯示部(70c )’由於作爲顯示控制 手段,當切換室的運轉機能被設定時’顯不成對應其運轉 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2川X297公釐) -93- 528848 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(91) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 機能的顯示部(70c )的區域來加以控制,且當展示機能被 設定時,將其與切換室的各運轉機能相對應之顯示部 (7〇c )的各區域,以週期性地亮燈來加以控制,進而,在 該顯示部(70c )的各個區域係處於週期性地亮著燈的狀態 下,當切換室的特定運轉機能被設定時,將對應於其特定 機能的顯示部(70c )的區域,在預定的時間亮燈來加以控 制;所以,特別是,不只是將具有複雜運轉機能的切換室 的各個顯示區域,以週期性地亮燈來加以強調,必要的 話,可以將其中特定的運轉機能的顯示區域,以長周期的 亮燈來加以強調,藉此可以進一步提升在店面的示範效 果。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,當運轉機能被設定時,作爲聲音控制手段,由於 可以將聲音報知相關運轉機能的內容的方式用‘『ON』/ 『OFF』來控制,且當展示機能被設定時,可以將聲音幸g知 相關展示機能的內容的方式用『可啓動』/『不可啓動』 來控制,所以電冰箱在家庭中平常使用時,可以因應使用 者需要而將聲音報知機能關掉,而且在店頭使用展示機能 時,可以防止因誤動作而將展示機能關掉的狀況。 又,作爲聲音控制手段,由於在運轉機能被設定的狀 態下,可以用『〇N』/『OFF』來控制鎖鈕機能,且在展 示機能被設定的狀態下,可以將鎖鈕機能控制成『不可啓 動』,所以在展示機能被設定的狀態下,可以防止因誤動 作而將展示機能關掉的狀況。 再者,作爲聲音控制手段,當運轉機能和鎖鈕機能被 適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ~ -94 - 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(啐 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 設定時,由於是用聲音報知其運轉機能及鎖鈕機能的相關 內容,所以可以將鎖鈕的設定用聲音來確認,並且當因誤 動作而鎖鈕時也可以用聲音來告知,藉此可以更進一步地 提昇使用的便利性。 又,作爲聲音控制手段,當展示機能被設定時,因爲 係控制成將關於展示機能的內容以比關於運轉機能的聲音 報知還要大的音量來加以報知,所以在店面的示範效果就 會更大,而如果在一般家庭使用時,可以將聲音報知調到 適當的音量。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,由:被配置在電冰箱扉(10e )的前面部且用來設 定定時器機能的操作開關(60y )、和被配置在電冰箱扉 (1 Oe )的前面部且顯示相關定時器機能的顯示部(70c )、 和具有用聲音報知相關定時器機能的喇叭(83c )之聲音裝 置(80c )、和根據操作開關(60y )的設定來控制電冰箱的 冷卻運轉和顯示部(70c )及聲音裝置(80c )之控制裝置 (3 9c )所構成,作爲顯示控制手段,係將有關被設定的定 時器機能內容用顯示部(70c )顯示出來而加以控制,而作 爲聲音控制手段,係將有關被設定的定時器機能內容用喇 叭(83c )聲音報知出來而加以控制,所以,可以用顯示和 聲音兩者來確認定時器機能的設定,藉此可以更顯著地提 昇使用的便利.性。 再者,作爲聲音裝置(80c )係具備了將運轉機能的聲 音報知和定時器機能的聲音報知予以共用之聲音1C、以及 喇叭(83c ),而作爲聲音控制手段,係將設定的運轉機能 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29?公釐) -95- 528848 A7 五、發明説明(吟 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 及相關的定時器機能內容,藉由共用聲音1C及喇叭 (8 3c ),以聲音報知來加以控制,由於係用上述兩者來控 制,所以用便宜的價格,就可以將運轉機能和定時器機能 用聲音來報知。 又,作爲定時控制手段,由於具備有以同一操作開關 (60y)的按下時間的長短來設定複數個運轉機能之運轉操 作開關(60y ),利用計算運轉操作開關(60y )的按下時 間之計時手段,來計算定時器機能的時間而加以顯示,所 以可以共用運轉機能和定時器機能的計時手段,可以用便 宜的價格就具有定時器機能。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,作爲顯示控制手段,所具備的顯示部(70c )共有 著下述兩個區域:用來顯示運轉機能內容的兩個鄰接的區 域,和藉由定時器機能來顯示「分」和「秒」的兩個鄰接 的區域;由於關於被設定的兩種運轉機能的內容,和藉由 定時器機能顯示「分」和「秒」,都被顯示在顯示部 (7 0c )的共用區域上,所以可以兼用兩種運轉的顯示,即 使顯示到定時器機能的「分」和「秒」,仍然可以輕易地 連續以視覺辨認,可以以便宜的價格就達到「分」和 「秒」的良好視覺辨認性,藉此可以使定時器機能顯著地 提升其使用上的便利性。 【發明之效果】 依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱,其藉由操作了操作 顯不部,控制冷空氣風向變更手段,因爲可以配合使用目 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -96 - 528848 A7 ____ B7 __ 五、發明説明(蚪 的來設定冷空氣室內的冷空氣供給方向,並且可以顯示該 冷空氣的供給狀態,所以可以配合使用目的將冷空氣集中 供給到冷藏室內,且可以從外面觀察到冷空氣供給狀態。 又,依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱,其藉由操作了 操作顯示部,因爲可以配合使用目的來設定運轉狀態(運 轉模式),所以操作性良好,可以隨心所欲地使用。 再者,依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱,其藉由操作 了操作顯示部,因爲可以配合使用目的來設定運轉狀態 (運轉模式),並且被製作成用聲音來告知,所以可以很 輕易地確認電冰箱的運轉狀態,並減少錯誤的操作。 又,依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱,其針對用複數 個的操作開關來設定複數個的運轉機能的裝置’藉由將有 關於各運轉機能的內容利用聲音報知的方法來提昇其隨心 所欲的使用性。 又,依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱,其針對用複數 個的操作開關來設定複數個的運轉機能的裝置’藉由將有 關於各運轉機能的內容的顯示利用聲音報知的方法來提昇 其隨心所欲的使用性。 又,依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱,其針對用複數 個的操作開關來設定複數個的運轉機能的裝置’將控制裝 置分離成主微電腦控制和操作部微電腦控制’利用控制其 操作部微電腦控制,藉由將有關於各運轉機能的內容的顯 示利用聲音報知的方法來提昇其隨心所欲的使用性。 又,依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱’其針對用複數 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -97 - 528848 A7 ______B7 _ 五、發明説明(的 個的操作開關來設定複數個的運轉機能的裝置,利用關於 各運轉機能的內容的顯示和聲音報知,來提昇其隨心所欲 的使用性,並且可以輕易地設定高展示效果的展示機能。 又,依據本發明,可提供一種電冰箱,針對用複數個 的操作開關來設定複數個的運轉機能的裝置,利用關於各 運轉機能以及按鈕鎖定的內容的聲音報知,來提昇其隨心 所欲的使用性。 【圖式之簡單說明】 第1圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的外觀立體 圖。 第2圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的縱剖面 圖。 第3圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的將門取下 時的電冰箱正面圖。 第4圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的外觀圖。 第5圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的將開閉門 和拉出門取下狀態下的正面圖。 第6圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的冷藏室背 面壁的零件展開圖。 第7圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的冷空氣風 向變更手段的零件外觀圖。 第8圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的冷空氣風 向變更手段的動作控制區塊圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 一 -98 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by 1T Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -88 528848 A7 _ ___ B7_ V. Description of Invention (86) (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Then, in step (190c), determine whether Set the condition for display 'If it is not the display setting condition, it proceeds to step (200c), if it is the display setting condition, it starts the display mode and proceeds to step (191c). The details of the display function in this display mode are as described above, so the description is omitted. Next, in step (200c), it is determined whether the power is "OFF", and the above operation is repeated until the power is "OFF". According to this embodiment, according to the setting of a plurality of operation switches (60y) arranged on the front part of the refrigerator (10e), it is provided with a control device that controls the cooling operation of the refrigerator and a sound device (80c). (39c), and using the operation switch (60y) to make the content related to each set of operating functions into a sound control means to control the sound with the speaker (83c), so the user of the refrigerator, After leaving the refrigerator, you can confirm the setting of the operating function with sound. For example, you can confirm with sound while performing other actions immediately after setting. This can significantly improve the convenience of use. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, it is arranged on the front of the refrigerator 扉 (10e) and has a display section (70) for displaying a plurality of operating functions, and uses an operation switch (63y), It is equipped with a control device (39c) that controls the cooling operation and sound device (80c) of the refrigerator, and uses the operation switch (60y) to make content related to each set operating function to be controlled by sound notification The sound control means, and the display control means that controls and displays the display content corresponding to each operation function with the display section (70c), so that the user of the refrigerator can come to the paper with the sound of La D Ba Standards are applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 7-wide --- -89- /. 528848 A7, _ _ B7_ V. Description of the invention ((Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) Confirm the setting of each operation function, and the display (70c) can be frequently checked, which can further improve the convenience of use. In addition, since the operating agencies will announce the content of the start with a sound when setting, and after a predetermined period of time after the setting, each operating agency will announce the end of the content with the sound as a sound control means, so the user is not only When setting the operating function, you can confirm with sound, even when it is over. For example, in the case of fast defrosting operation, you can start cooking the food immediately after confirming that the defrosting is completed, so that you can go further. Improving the convenience of use. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Since the control device (39) is equipped with the functions from refrigerating operation to freezing operation in a plurality of temperature zones and switching between functions A display control means for controlling the switching room to be cooled and displaying a plurality of operating function contents of the switching room in a plurality of areas of the display section (70c) and controlling the set operation functions. A means of sound control that is controlled by sound notification; so especially in complex The operation function of the switching room can be easily confirmed, which can further improve the convenience of use. Also, because the buzzer (54) is used to notify by a buzzer, it has a buzzer before the sound is notified. The control device (39c) of the buzzer control means that is controlled by sound notification, so after listening to the buzzer, it will pay attention to it and confirm the operation function notified by sound, thereby further improving the convenience of use. In addition, as a means of sound control, it will be reported that the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public holiday) applicable to the setting of this paper size will be reported -90-528848 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (88) (please first Read the notes on the back and fill in this page) The content of each function is controlled by "ON" "OFF", so when there is no need for sound notification, the sound device (80c) can be turned off, so that you can go further Improve the convenience of use. Furthermore, using the length of the same operation switch (60y) pressing time, the setting of the sound notification and the setting of the operating function can be selected, and the speaker (83c) can be controlled to report by sound, and when the sound notification is set, As the sound control means, the notification content is controlled by "〇N" "OFF", so using the simple structure of the same operation switch (60y), it is possible to set between the setting of the sound notification and the setting of the operating function It can be switched, and the “ON” and “OFF” of the voice notification can be controlled, so that the convenience of use can be further improved as long as the price is cheap. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. As a sound buzzer control method, the sound notification and buzzer sound can be selected according to the number of times the same operation switch (63y) is pressed to set the sound notification and buzzer notification. The beep sound is controlled by “ON” and “OFF”, so with a simple structure, the sound notification and the beep sound can be selected individually or combined after selection, so as long as the price is cheaper. Further improve the convenience of use. The control device (39c) is composed of a main microcomputer control (51c) that controls the cooling operation of the refrigerator, a display section (70c), and a microcomputer control (52c) that controls the operation section of the sound device (80c). The control of the control unit (70c) and the sound device (80c) is shared to the microcomputer of the operation unit, and complicated display and sound notification control can be performed, thereby further improving the convenience of use. This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -91-528848 A7 _ B7___ V. Description of the invention (both, because the operation switch (60y) and display section (70c) are installed in the operation The sound synthesis IC (81c) and the operation unit microcomputer control (52c) constituting the sound device (80c) are mounted on the opposite side of the substrate on the opposite side of the display portion (70c) of the operation substrate (55c), so it can be effective The operation board (55c) can be miniaturized by using the space on the opposite side of the display section (70c) that does not require a printed wiring connection portion. Then, it is provided with: it is arranged on the front part of the refrigerator (10e) and An operation switch (60y) for setting the display function, a sound device (80c) having a speaker (83c) for notifying the display function by sound, and a control device (39c) for controlling the sound device according to the setting of the operation switch (60y) The sound control means is made to control the contents of the display function by sound when the display function is set, so even when it is away from the refrigerator, it is still In order to inform customers of relevant display function contents, the demonstration effect at the store can be significantly improved. Furthermore, it is provided with a display section (shown on the front part of the refrigerator 10e) and a display function ( 70), as the sound control means, it is made to display and control the display content of the set display function with the display unit (70), and use the speaker (83c) of the set display function to control the sound content Since it is controlled by sound notification, it is possible to combine the display content and sound content of the display function for demonstration. This can further enhance the demonstration effect in the store. Moreover, as the sound content of the display function As it contains the contents for the operation function of the refrigerator and the characteristics of the refrigerator, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) " 一 -92-(Please read the back Please fill in this page again for attention) -1¾. Order printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 ___B7 _ V. Description of the invention (9 () (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), so for customers, they can show the effect of the refrigerator operation function and select the target model for purchase, and can promote it The advantages of this refrigerator can further improve the demonstration effect in the store. Also, as the sound device (80c), it has a sound 1C that shares the sound notification of the operation function and the sound notification of the display function as a sound control. Means, because it can use the sound notification 1C and the horn (83c) to share the sound notification of the operating function and the sound notification of the display function for sound notification, so the demonstration effect in the store can be improved with a cheap structure . Furthermore, when the refrigerator 扉 (10c) is open, the operation switches (60y) having different shapes and sizes, when a plurality of adjacent buttons are pressed at the same time, 怍 sets a control means for display, because It can be controlled by setting the display function, so the operation is simple and the setting of the display function due to wrong operation can be reduced. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and stored the content of the set display function in the memory section of the non-volatile memory. Then, when the refrigerator was plugged into a commercial power plug, The relevant display function content can be displayed and controlled by the display section (70c) as a memory control means. Therefore, when the refrigerator is displayed at the store and the display function is used, it is not necessary to unplug or plug in the power every day. Re-setting the display function can significantly improve its convenience. In addition, it has a display section (70c) that displays the operation functions of the plurality of switching rooms in a plurality of areas. As a display control means, when the operation functions of the switching rooms are set, it does not correspond. The size of this paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 Sichuan X297 mm) -93- 528848 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention (91) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The area of the display section (70c) is controlled, and when the display function is set, each area of the display section (70c) corresponding to each operating function of the switching room is periodically illuminated. Control, and further, in a state where each area of the display section (70c) is periodically lit, when a specific operating function of the switching room is set, the display section (70c) corresponding to the specific function of the display section (70c) will be controlled. The area is controlled by turning on the light at a predetermined time; therefore, in particular, not only the display areas of the switching room with complicated operating functions are periodically lit to emphasize, if necessary, In the display area in which a specific operating function to lighting long period to be emphasized, whereby the model can further enhance the effect of the store. Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When the operating function is set, it is used as a sound control method, because the method of reporting the contents of the relevant operating function by sound can be controlled with' 『ON』 / 『OFF』, and when When the display function is set, the method of knowing the content of the related display function can be controlled by "startable" / "non-startable", so when the refrigerator is usually used in the home, the sound can be changed according to the needs of the user. The notification function is turned off, and when the display function is used at the store, it can prevent the display function from being turned off due to misoperation. In addition, as a sound control means, since the running function can be set, the lock button function can be controlled with "ON" / "OFF", and the lock button function can be controlled under the state that the display function is set. "Cannot start", so when the display function is set, it can prevent the display function from being turned off due to misoperation. In addition, as a sound control means, when the operation function and the lock button function are applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) ~ -94-528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (啐 (Please read the back (Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page again) When setting, it is informed by sound about its operation function and lock button function, so you can confirm the setting of the lock button with sound, and also use the sound when the button is locked due to misoperation. To inform, this can further improve the convenience of use. Also, as a sound control means, when the display function is set, it is controlled so that the content about the display function is greater than the sound of the operating function. The volume level is reported, so the demonstration effect in the store will be greater, and if it is used in ordinary households, the sound level can be adjusted to an appropriate volume. It is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. An operation switch (60y) provided on the front of the refrigerator 扉 (10e) and used to set the timer function, and an operation switch (1 Oe) provided on the refrigerator 扉 (10e) ) And a display section (70c) on the front part that displays the related timer function, a sound device (80c) with a horn (83c) that notifies the related timer function by sound, and the control of electricity according to the setting of the operation switch (60y) The cooling operation and display section (70c) of the refrigerator and the control device (39c) of the sound device (80c) are used as display control means to display the set timer function content on the display section (70c). It is controlled, and as a sound control means, the content of the set timer function is notified by a horn (83c) to control the sound. Therefore, both the display and the sound can be used to confirm the setting of the timer function. It can significantly improve the convenience and convenience of use. In addition, the sound device (80c) is provided with a sound 1C for sharing the sound notification of the operation function and the sound notification of the timer function, and a speaker (83c) as the sound device (80c). The sound control method is the operating function to be set. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29? Mm) -95- 528848 A7 V. Description of the invention (yin (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) and related timer function content, and control it by voice notification by sharing voice 1C and speaker (8 3c). They are controlled by both, so the operating function and timer function can be notified by sound at a cheap price. Also, as a timing control means, it is set by the length of the same operation switch (60y) pressing time. The operation operation switch (60y) of the plurality of operation functions calculates and displays the time of the timer function by using a time counting means for calculating the pressing time of the operation operation switch (60y), so that the operation function and the timer function can be shared. Means, you can have timer function at a cheap price. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. As a display control means, the display section (70c) has two areas: two adjacent areas for displaying the function of the operation, and the timing The device functions to display the two adjacent areas of "minutes" and "seconds". Because of the contents of the two operating functions that are set, and the display of "minutes" and "seconds" by the timer function, both are displayed on the display In the common area of the ministry (7 0c), it can use both display modes. Even if it displays the minutes and seconds of the timer function, it can still be easily and continuously visually recognized, which can be achieved at a cheap price. The good visual recognition of "minutes" and "seconds" can make the timer function significantly improve its convenience. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, a refrigerator can be provided which controls the means for changing the wind direction of the cold air by operating the operation display part, because the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification can be used in conjunction with the standard paper size ( 210X297 mm) -96-528848 A7 ____ B7 __ 5. Description of the invention (to set the direction of the cold air supply in the cold air room, and the status of the supply of the cold air can be displayed, so the cold air can be concentratedly supplied in accordance with the purpose of use It is possible to observe the cold air supply state from the outside in a refrigerating room. According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a refrigerator in which an operation display section is operated because the operation state (operation mode) can be set in accordance with the purpose of use, Therefore, the operability is good, and it can be used as desired. Furthermore, according to the present invention, a refrigerator can be provided, in which the operation display section is operated, and the operation state (operation mode) can be set in accordance with the purpose of use, and is made into Use sound to inform, so you can easily confirm the operation status of the refrigerator, Reduction of erroneous operations. According to the present invention, a refrigerator can be provided that uses a plurality of operation switches to set a plurality of operating functions of a device. In order to improve the usability as desired. According to the present invention, a refrigerator can be provided, which is directed to a device that sets a plurality of operating functions by using a plurality of operation switches. The method of sound notification is used to improve its usability as desired. In addition, according to the present invention, a refrigerator can be provided that separates the control device into a main microcomputer for a device that sets a plurality of operating functions using a plurality of operation switches. The microcomputer control of the control and operation section uses the microcomputer control of the operation section to control the display of the contents of each operating function by using a sound notification method to improve its usability as desired. According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an electric device. Refrigerator 'which applies Chinese national standard for multiple paper sizes (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economy -97-528848 A7 ______B7 _ Fifth, the operation of the invention The device for setting a plurality of operating functions by turning on and off, using the display and sound notification of the contents of each operating function to improve its usability, and can easily set a display function with a high display effect. According to the present invention, A refrigerator can be provided, which uses a plurality of operation switches to set a plurality of operating functions, and uses audible notification of the contents of each operating function and the button lock to improve its usability. [Schematic simplicity [Description] FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of a refrigerator in an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a longitudinal sectional view of a refrigerator in an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator when the door is removed in the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 4 is an external view of a refrigerator in an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 5 is a front view of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention with the opening and closing door and the pull-out door removed. Fig. 6 is a development view of parts of a back wall of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 7 is an external view of parts of the cold air wind direction changing means of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 8 is a block diagram showing the operation control of the cold air wind direction changing means of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 1 -98-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、1T 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 B7 五、發明説明(辦 第9圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的操作顯示 部的結構示意圖。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第10圖係關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的操作顯示 部的底面圖。 第11圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的操作 顯示部中的顯示狀態。 第1 2圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第1 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第1 3圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第1 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第14圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的操作 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第1 5圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第1 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第1 6圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第17圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第1 8圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第1 9圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第20圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第2 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x297公釐) -99- 528848 A7 ___ B7 五、發明説明(的 第21圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的自動 製冰裝置的結構示意圖。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第22圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第23圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第24圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第25圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第26圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的第3 顯示部中的一例之顯示狀態的示意圖。 第27圖係顯示關於本發明實施形態中的電冰箱的開關 門的構造之零件展開圖。 第28圖係關於本發明第二實施形態中的電冰箱的外觀 立體圖。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第29圖係關於本發明第二實施形態中的電冰箱的將門 取下時的電冰箱正面圖。 第30圖係關於本發明第二實施形態中的電冰箱的操作 顯示部的外觀結構的示意圖。 第31圖係顯示關於本發明第三實施形態中的電冰箱的 開關門的正面圖。 第32圖係顯示關於本發明第三實施形態中的電冰箱的 開關門的零件展開圖。 I纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x297公釐) " ^ -100- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A7 ____B7_ 五、發明説明(9$ 第33圖係關於本發明第四實施形態中的電冰箱的正面 圖。 第34圖係顯示同一電冰箱構造槪略的縱剖面圖。 第35圖係同一電冰箱中的壓縮機的驅動裝置的電路 圖。 第36圖係顯示對於在同一電冰箱中的壓縮機的回轉數 之直流電壓以及流通率之特性圖。 第37圖係在同一電冰箱中的控制電路的結構區塊圖。 第38圖係在同一電冰箱中的控制基板部的正面圖。 第39圖係在同一電冰箱中的操作面板的正面圖。 第4 0圖係被裝設在第3 9圖的操作面板中的顯示器的 擴大圖。 第4 1圖係在同一電冰箱的操作部微電腦的動作流程 圖。 第42圖係在同一電冰箱的操作部微電腦的動作流程圖 (承上)。 第43圖係在同一電冰箱的操作部微電腦的動作流程圖 (承上)。 第4 4圖係在同一電冰箱的操作部微電腦的動作流程圖 (承上)。 【符號說明】 1、電冰箱。10、開閉門。11、把手部。1 2、握把部。 13、平面部。14、手牽引凹部。20、30、35、40、45、50、 拉出門。1 〇 〇、冷藏室。1 〇 1、分隔棚。1 〇 2、給水槽。1 〇 3、 本紙張尺度適用中周國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ' " -101- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 、訂 528848 A7 __ _B7_ 五、發明説明(均 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 收納袋。104、可變棚。1 〇5、固定棚。1 10、照明裝置。 111、背面面板。112、前面面板。113、開口部。120、操作 顯示部。121、操作部。122、顯示部。123、第一操作按鈕 群。124、第二操作按鈕群。135、導光板。140、半反射 鏡。1 50、冰溫冷凍室。15 1、收納托盤。160、方向顯示手 段。161、162、164、165、166、167、記號。170、分隔 板。180、185、記號。200、蔬果室。201、蔬果室收納盒。 204、收納空間。300、切換室。301、收納盒。350、上部冷 凍室。351、上部冷凍室收納盒。400、製冰室。402、冰收 納盒。450、下部冷凍室。451、下部冷凍室收納盒。452、 第~下部冷凍室收納盒。453、第二下部冷凍室收納盒。 500、冷凍室。501、冷凍室收納盒。502、第一冷凍室收納 盒。503、第二冷凍室收納盒。601、壓縮機。602、機械 室。606、第一冷空氣通路。607、第二冷空氣通路。607a、 607b、分歧通路。60 8、循環風扇。609、第三冷空氣通路。 612、冷空氣量分配器。613、隔熱分隔壁。614、冷凝水 盤。616、電路基板。625、連絡通路。630、微電腦。636、 傾斜面。637、筒狀部。660、第一冷卻室。670、第二冷卻 室。700、冷空氣風向變更手段。701、圓筒形通氣管。 702、軸承部。703、驅動部。704、馬達。705、連結部。 708、通氣管嵌合部。717、冷空氣供給口。800、表面面 板。810、基板。820a、820b、固定構件。830、開關。 840、850、LED。lc、電冰箱本體。2c、外箱。3c、內箱。 4c、隔熱材。5c、冷藏室。5a、冰溫貯藏室。5b、袋體。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) " -102- 528848 A7 B7 _ __ 五、發明説明(1〇〇 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 6c、蔬果室。7c、切換室。8c、製冰室。9c、冷凍室。l〇e 〜14e、扉。15c、隔熱分隔壁。16c、冷卻器。17c、冷卻器 用風扇。18c、冷卻器室。19c、冷空氣通路。20c、風扇用 馬達。21c、緩衝風門。22c、冷空氣通路。23c、棚。25c、 圓筒狀通風通氣管。26c、冷藏室用風扇。29c、馬達。 30c、風向板。31c、開口。35c、流入通路。37c、方向判定 感應器。38c、壓縮機。39c、制御裝置。41y、商用電源。 42y、轉換電路。42a〜42d、整流電路用二極管。42e、反應 器。42f、昇壓電路用二極管。42g、轉換素子。43y、反相 電路。44y、電動機。45y、壓縮機構。46y、平滑用電容 器。51c、主微電腦。52c、操作部微電腦。53c、記憶部。 54c、蜂鳴器。55c、操作基板。56c、操作面板。60y、操作 .開關。61y、快速冷卻開關。62y、快速解凍開關。63y、快 速冷凍開關。64y、切換室設定開關。65y、定時設定開 關。66y、冷藏室溫度設定開關。67y、冷凍室溫度設定開 關。68y、製冰開關。70c、顯示部。71a、快速冷凍顯示 部。71b、按鈕鎖定表示。72b、省電表示。73a、快速冷凍 顯示部。73b、聲音出力表示。74c、切換室顯示部。75 c、定時顯示部。76a、冷藏室設定表示。76b、冷藏室溫度 顯示部。77c、冷凍室顯示部。77a、冷凍室設定裝置。 7 7b、冷凍室溫度顯示部。78e、製冰顯示部。78a、製冰停 止表示。78b、製冰一時停止顯示部。78c、淸掃表示。 79c、展示中表示。8 0c、聲音裝置。81c、聲音I C。82c、 風扇。8 3 c、喇D八。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) -103-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, 1T 528848 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the operation display part of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. (Please read the precautions on the back first) (Fill in this page again.) FIG. 10 is a bottom view of the operation display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 11 is a display state of the operation display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 12 is a diagram showing a display state of an example of the first display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 13 is a diagram showing the display state of the first display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a display state. FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of a display state of an operation display portion of a refrigerator in an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a state of a refrigerator in an embodiment of the present invention. Schematic diagram showing an example of the first display portion. Figures 16 and 16 show an example of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Schematic diagram showing the state. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display unit of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 20 is a schematic diagram showing a display state of an example of the second display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) -99- 528848 A7 ___ B7 V. Description of the Invention (Figure 21 shows the structure of the automatic ice-making device of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Figure 22 shows FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the display state of the third display portion of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 27 is a developed view showing parts related to the structure of the opening and closing door of the refrigerator in the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 28 is a perspective view of the appearance of the refrigerator in the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 29 printed by the consumer cooperative is a front view of the refrigerator when the door is removed in the second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 30 is a schematic diagram showing an external configuration of an operation display portion of a refrigerator in a second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 31 is a front view showing an opening / closing door of a refrigerator in a third embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 32 is a developed view showing the parts for opening and closing a refrigerator in a third embodiment of the present invention. I Paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm) " ^ -100- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A7 ____B7_ V. Description of the invention (9 $ Figure 33 is about this A front view of a refrigerator in a fourth embodiment of the invention. Fig. 34 is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the structure of the same refrigerator. Fig. 35 is a circuit diagram of a drive unit of a compressor in the same refrigerator. Characteristic diagrams showing the DC voltage and flow rate for the number of revolutions of the compressor in the same refrigerator. Fig. 37 is a block diagram showing the structure of a control circuit in the same refrigerator. Fig. 38 is in the same refrigerator. Front view of the control board section. Fig. 39 is a front view of an operation panel in the same refrigerator. Fig. 40 is an enlarged view of a display installed in the operation panel of Fig. 39. Fig. 4 1 The figure is a flowchart of the operation of a microcomputer in the operating unit of the same refrigerator. Figure 42 is a flowchart of the operation of a microcomputer in the operating unit of the same refrigerator (continued). Figure 43 is a microcomputer of the operating portion of the same refrigerator. The flow chart (continued). Figures 4 and 4 are the operation flow chart of the microcomputer in the operating part of the same refrigerator (continued). [Symbols] 1. Refrigerator. 10. Opening and closing doors. 11. Handle section. 1 2. Grip section. 13. Flat section. 14. Hand traction recess. 20, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, Pull-out door. 100, Refrigerator compartment. 101, Separate shed. 102 Water tank. 1 〇3, This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) '" -101- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page), order 528848 A7 __ _B7_ V. Description of the invention (both (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed storage bags by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 104, Variable Shed. 1 05, Fixed Shed. 1 10. Lighting Device. 111, back panel. 112, front panel. 113, opening. 120, operation display. 121, operation. 122, display. 123, first operation button group. 124, second operation button group. 135 , Light guide plate. 140, half mirror. 1 50, ice temperature freezer. 15 1. storage tray. 1 60. Direction display means. 161, 162, 164, 165, 166, 167, mark. 170, divider. 180, 185, mark. 200, fruit and vegetable room. 201, fruit and vegetable storage box. 204, storage space. Switching room. 301. Storage box. 350. Upper freezer compartment. 351. Upper freezer compartment. 400. Ice-making compartment. 402. Ice storage box. 450. Lower freezer compartment. 451. Lower freezer compartment. 452. The first ~ lower freezer storage box. 453. The second lower freezer storage box. 500. Freezer. 501. Freezer storage box. 502. The first freezer storage box. 503. A second freezer storage box. 601. A compressor. 602. Machinery room. 606. The first cold air passage. 607. The second cold air passage. 607a, 607b, divergent paths. 60 8. Circulating fan. 609. The third cold air passage. 612. The cold air volume distributor. 613. Insulated partition wall. 614. Condensate tray. 616. The circuit substrate. 625. Contact channels. 630. Microcomputer. 636. The inclined surface. 637. The tubular portion. 660. The first cooling chamber. 670. The second cooling chamber. 700. Means of changing the direction of cold air wind. 701. A cylindrical ventilation tube. 702. Bearing section. 703. The driving unit. 704. The motor. 705. The connection section. 708. A vent fitting portion. 717. The cold air supply port. 800, surface panels. 810. The substrate. 820a, 820b, fixing members. 830. Switch. 840, 850, LED. lc, refrigerator body. 2c. Outer box. 3c. Inner box. 4c. Insulation material. 5c. Refrigerator. 5a. Ice temperature storage room. 5b. Bag body. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) " -102- 528848 A7 B7 _ __ V. Description of the invention (1〇〇 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Economy The Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperatives printed 6c, fruit and vegetable room. 7c, switch room. 8c, ice-making room. 9c, freezer. 10e ~ 14e, 扉. 15c, thermal insulation partition wall. 16c, cooler. 17c, cooler fan. 18c, cooler room. 19c, cold air passage. 20c, fan motor. 21c, buffer damper. 22c, cold air passage. 23c, shed. 25c, cylindrical ventilation duct. 26c, Fan for refrigerating compartment. 29c, motor. 30c, wind direction board. 31c, opening. 35c, inflow path. 37c, direction determination sensor. 38c, compressor. 39c, control device. 41y, commercial power supply. 42y, conversion circuit. 42a ~ 42d, diode for rectifier circuit. 42e, reactor. 42f, diode for booster circuit. 42g, converter element. 43y, inverter circuit. 44y. , Main microcomputer. 52c, Working part microcomputer. 53c, memory part. 54c, buzzer. 55c, operation board. 56c, operation panel. 60y, operation. Switch. 61y, fast cooling switch. 62y, fast thawing switch. 63y, fast freezing switch. 64y. , Switching room setting switch. 65y, timer setting switch. 66y, refrigerating room temperature setting switch. 67y, freezing room temperature setting switch. 68y, ice making switch. 70c, display section. 71a, quick freeze display section. 71b, button lock. Display. 72b. Power saving display. 73a. Quick freeze display. 73b. Sound output display. 74c. Switching room display. 75c. Timing display. 76a. Refrigerator setting display. 76b. Refrigerator temperature display. 77c, freezer display section. 77a, freezer setting device. 7 7b, freezer temperature display section. 78e, ice making display section. 78a, ice making stop display. 78b, ice making stop display section. 78c, sweep 79c, shown in the display. 80c, sound device. 81c, sound IC. 82c, fan. 8 3c, La D 8. This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm). ) -103-

Claims (1)

528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 第901 1 8486號專利申請案 中文申請專利範圍修正本 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 民國91年12月31日修正 1. 一種電冰箱,係具有:在電冰箱箱體內的上部具有開 閉門的冷藏室,和在前述冷藏室的下方至少有備有拉門的 蔬果室或者是備有拉門的冷凍室之電冰箱,其特徵爲:在 前述冷藏室被裝設有可變更被供給的冷空氣的供給方向之 冷空氣風向變吏手段,而在前述開閉門的外側表面上可選 擇性地將前述冷‘空氣風向變更手段的冷空氣的供給方向加 以決定之動作控制部,和被裝設有將該被選定的冷空氣供 給方向加以顯示的動作顯示部。 2. —種電冰箱,係分別配置有:在電冰箱箱體內的上部 具有開閉門的冷藏室,和在前述冷藏室的下方有拉門的蔬 果室,和被並設於前述蔬果室的下方之具有拉鬥的切換室 和製冰室,和在電冰箱箱體內的最下部具有拉門的冷凍庫 之電冰箱,其特徵爲: 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 前述開閉門,係具備被形成於其表面上的縱長形門 把,和被裝設在該門把上方用來控制前述電冰箱之操作顯 示部; 前述冷凍室,係具備有:在其後方有將所生成的冷空 氣供給到前述冷凍室和前述切換室和前述製冰室之冷卻 室,.和將在前述第一冷卻室所生成的冷空氣導引至前述冷 凍室和前述切換室和前述製冰室之第一冷卻通路;· 前述蔬果室,係具備有在其後方將所生成的冷空氣供 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 給到前述冷藏室之第二冷卻室; (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 前述冷藏室,係具備有在其後方將從前述第二冷卻室 所供給的冷空氣導引到前述冷藏室之第二冷空氣通路,和 位於前述冷凍室後方中央,使從前述第二冷卻室所供給的 冷空氣在前述冷藏室的內部循環之第三冷空氣通路; 前述第二冷空氣通路.,係具備有在前述冷藏室的後方 被製作成如同分歧開來夾裝住前述第三冷空氣通路之分歧 通路; 前述第三冷空氣通路,係具備有藉由前述操作顯示部 在前述冷藏室內將冷空氣的供給方向加以變更之冷空氣風 向變更手段,和將冷空氣導引至前述冷空氣風向變更手段 上之循環風扇; 前述操作顯示部,係具備有進行前述冷空氣風向變更 手段的動作控制之操作部,和顯示前述冷空氣風向變更手 段的動作狀態之顯示部。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 3. —種電冰箱,係內部分別配置有:在電冰箱箱體內 的上部具有開閉門的冷藏室,和在電冰箱箱體的最下部有 拉門的冷凍室,和位於前述冷藏室與前述冷凍室之間具有 拉門的蔬果室之電冰箱,其特徵爲: 前述開閉門,係具備有被形成於其表面上的縱長形門 把,和被裝設在該門把上方用來控制前述電冰箱之操作顯 示部; 前述冷凍室,係具備有:在其後方有將所生成的冷空 氣供給到前述冷凍室和前述切換室和前述製冰室之冷卻 本紙張尺度適用中國國家襟準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297&^1 : 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 室,和將在前述第一冷卻室所生成的冷空氣導引至前述冷 凍室和前述切換室和前述製冰室之第一冷卻通路; (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 前述蔬果室,係具備有在其後方將所生成的冷空氣供 給到前述冷藏室之第二冷卻室; 前述冷藏室,係具備有在其後方將從前述第二冷卻室 所供給的冷空氣導引到前述冷藏室之第二冷空氣通路,和 位於前述冷凍室後方中央,使從前述第二冷卻室所供給的 冷空氣在前述冷藏室的內部循環之第三冷空氣通路; 前述第二冷空氣通路,係具備有在前述冷藏室的後方 被製作成如同分歧開來夾裝住前述第三冷空氣通路之分歧 通路; 前述第三冷空氣通路,係具備有藉由前述操作顯示部 在前述冷藏室內將冷空氣的供給方向加以變更之冷空氣風 向變更手段,和將冷空氣導引至前述冷空氣風向變更手段 上之循環風扇; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 前述操作顯示部,係具備有進行前述冷空氣風向變更 手段的動作控制之操作部,和顯示前述冷空氣風向變更手 段的動作狀態之顯示部。 4. 如專利申請範圍第1至3項所記載之電冰箱,其中, 前述冷空氣風向變更手段,係具備有:可將來自前述循環 風扇的冷空氣加以導引的圓筒狀通風道,和被形成於前述 圓筒形通風道的多數個吹風口,和藉由操作前述操作顯示 部而使前述圓筒形通風管運轉之驅動部。 ’ 5. 如專利申請範圍第2或3項所記載之電冰箱,其中, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -3 - 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 ____ 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 前述操作部,係具備設定電冰箱的運轉狀態的第〜操作 部,和控制著構成電冰箱之各至貯藏室的設定狀態之第二 操作部; 前述第一操作部,係具備著進行前述冷空氣風向變更 手段的動作控制的操作鈕。 6. 如專利申請範圍第4.項所記載之電冰箱,其中,前述 操作部,係具備設定電冰箱的運轉狀態的第一操作部,和 控制著構成電冰箱之各至貯藏室的設定狀態之第二操作 部; 前述第一操作部,係具備著進行前述冷空氣風向變更 手段的動作控制的操作鈕。 7. 如專利申請範圍第2或3項所記載之電冰箱,其中, 前述顯示部,係具備顯示電冰箱的運轉狀態的第一顯示 部,和顯示出構成電冰箱之各自貯藏室的設定狀態之第二 顯示部、第三顯示部; 前述冷空氣風向變更手段的動作狀態,係被顯示在前 述第一顯示部。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 8. 如專利申請範圍第4項所記載之電冰箱,其中,前述 顯示部,係具備顯示電冰箱的運轉狀態的第一顯示部,和 顯示出構成電冰箱之各且貯藏室的設定狀態之第二顯示 部、第三顯示部; 前述冷空氣風向變更手段的動作狀態,係被顯示在前 述第一顯示部。 · 9· 一種電冰箱,係具備有:被配置於電冰箱門的前面部 本^張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) Γ7Ί : 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 且設定多數個運轉機能的多數個操作開關,和具有用聲音 來報知多數個運轉機能的喇叭之聲音裝置,和依據前述操 作開關的設定來控制電冰箱的冷卻運轉以及前述聲音裝置 之控制裝置之電冰箱,其特徵爲: 前述控制裝置係被製作成利用前述喇叭將關於以前述 操作開關所設定的各項運轉機能的內容加以報知而予以控 制之聲音控制手段。 1 〇.如專利申請範圍第9項所記載之電冰箱,其中,係 具備有被配置於電冰箱門的前面部且顯示多數個運轉機能 的顯示部,而依據前述操作開關的設定之電冰箱的冷卻運 轉,作爲控制前述顯示部以及前述聲音裝置之控制裝置, 前述控制裝置的結構係被製作爲:具有將對應於被設定的· 各項運轉機能的顯示內容用前述顯示部加以顯示而予以控 制之顯示控制手段,和將具體地說明被設定的各項運轉機 能之聲音內容利用前述喇叭以聲音加以報知而予以控制之 聲音控制手段。 11. 如專利申請範圍第9項所記載之電冰箱,其中,前 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 述聲音控制手段,係進行當前述設定時各項運轉機能的開 始內容之聲音報知,和從該設定開始在經過預定的時間之 後各項運轉機能的終了內容之聲音報知。 . 12. —種電冰箱,其特徵爲:具備可貯藏食品的多數個 貯藏室,和被配置在電冰箱門的前面部且可設定多數個運 轉機能的多數個操作開關,和具有用聲音報知多數個運轉 機能的喇叭之聲音裝置,和依據前述操作開關的設定來控 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210父297公^1 : 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 制前述電冰箱的冷卻運轉以及前述聲音裝置之控制裝置, 其中, 前述多數個貯藏室係具有多數個可切換成多數個運轉 機能而加以冷卻之特定的貯藏室; 前述操作開關係可設定前述特定的貯藏室的多數個運 轉機能之開關; 前述控制裝置係具有被製作成將具體地說明被設定的 各項運轉機能之聲音內容用前述喇叭加以聲音報知而予以 控制之聲音控制手段。 1 3 ·如專利申請範圍第1 2項所記載之電冰箱,其中,具 備有被配置於電冰箱門的前面部且顯示多數個運轉機能之 顯示部; 作爲依據前述操作開關的設定而將前述顯示部以及前 述聲音控制裝置加以控制之控制裝置,前述特定的貯藏室 係包含可切換到從多數個溫度帶的冷藏運轉到冷凍運轉爲 止而加以冷卻之切換室; 前述顯示部係將前述切換室的多數個運轉機能的內容 以多數個範圍加以顯示之裝置; 前述控制裝置,其結搆係被製作成:將對應於前述切 換室的各項運轉機能的顯示內容用前述顯示部的各個範圍 來顯示而予以控制之顯示控制手段,和具有被製作成將具 體地說明被設定的各項運轉機能之聲音內容用前述喇叭加 以聲音報知而予以控制之聲音控制手段。 · 1 4. 一種電冰箱,其特徵爲:具備被配置在電冰箱門的 本^1尺度適用中國國家標準(〇奶)八4規格(210\297公釐) 7〇Ζ ' (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Application for Patent Scope No. 901 1 8486 Chinese Patent Application Amendment (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Amendment on December 31, 1991 1. A refrigerator The refrigerator has a refrigerator with an opening and closing door in the upper part of the refrigerator box, and a refrigerator with at least a vegetable and fruit room with a sliding door or a freezing room with a sliding door below the refrigerator. The characteristics are: : The cold-air wind direction changing means capable of changing the supply direction of the supplied cold air is installed in the refrigerating compartment, and the cooling of the cold-air air-direction changing means can be selectively changed on the outer surface of the opening and closing door. An operation control unit for determining an air supply direction and an operation display unit for displaying the selected cold air supply direction are installed. 2. A refrigerator, each of which is provided with a refrigerating compartment with an opening and closing door in the upper part of the refrigerator body, a fruit and vegetable compartment with a sliding door below the refrigerating compartment, and a lower part of the fruit and vegetable compartment. A refrigerator with a pull-switching room and an ice-making chamber, and a freezer with a sliding door in the lowermost part of the refrigerator box are characterized by: An elongated door handle formed on the surface thereof, and an operation display portion installed above the door handle to control the refrigerator; the freezing chamber is provided with: behind the cold air, generated cold air A cooling chamber supplied to the freezing chamber and the switching chamber and the ice-making chamber, and directing the cold air generated in the first cooling chamber to the freezing chamber and the switching chamber and the first of the ice-making chamber Cooling path; The aforementioned vegetable and fruit room is equipped with the cold air generated at the rear for the paper. The size of the paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 The scope of the patent application is for the second cooling room of the aforementioned refrigerating room; (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The aforementioned refrigerating room is equipped with cold air supplied from the second cooling room behind it A second cold air passage leading to the refrigerating compartment, and a third cold air passage located at the rear center of the freezing compartment, so that the cold air supplied from the second cooling compartment circulates inside the refrigerating compartment; the second The cold air passage is provided with a branch passage formed behind the refrigerator compartment so as to sandwich the third cold air passage, and the third cold air passage is provided with the operation display section. Cold air wind direction changing means for changing the supply direction of cold air in the refrigerating chamber, and a circulation fan for guiding cold air to the cold air wind direction changing means; the operation display section is provided with the cold air wind direction An operation section for controlling the operation of the changing means, and a display section for displaying the operation state of the cold air wind direction changing means. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 3. A kind of refrigerator, each of which is equipped with: a refrigerating room with an opening and closing door in the upper part of the refrigerator box; A freezer compartment, and a refrigerator with a vegetable and fruit compartment having a sliding door between the refrigerator compartment and the freezer compartment, wherein the opening and closing door is provided with an elongated door handle formed on a surface thereof, and The operation and display section installed above the door handle is used to control the refrigerator; the freezer compartment is provided with a rear side that supplies the generated cold air to the freezer compartment, the switchover compartment, and the ice-making compartment. The paper size of the cooling paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 & ^ 1: 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8. VI. Patent application room, and guide the cold air generated in the aforementioned first cooling chamber to the aforementioned The first cooling passage of the freezing chamber, the aforementioned switching chamber, and the aforementioned ice-making chamber; (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The aforementioned vegetable and fruit chamber is equipped with The cold air is supplied to a second cooling chamber of the refrigerating chamber; the refrigerating chamber is provided with a second cold air path behind the cold air supplied from the second cooling chamber to the refrigerating chamber, and A third cold air passage located in the center of the rear of the freezer compartment to circulate cold air supplied from the second cooling compartment inside the refrigerator compartment; the second cold air passage is provided with It is made as a branched path that sandwiches the third cold air path as a branch; the third cold air path is provided with cold air that changes the supply direction of cold air in the refrigerating chamber by the operation display section. Wind direction changing means, and circulating fan that guides cold air to the cold air direction changing means; Employee Consumer Cooperatives, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed the operation display section, which is equipped with operation control for performing the cold air direction changing means An operation section and a display section for displaying the operation state of the cold air wind direction changing means. The refrigerator according to the first to third application scopes, wherein the cold air wind direction changing means includes a cylindrical ventilation duct capable of guiding the cold air from the circulation fan, and is formed in the foregoing A plurality of air outlets of the cylindrical ventilation duct, and a driving unit for operating the cylindrical ventilation duct by operating the operation display section. '5. A refrigerator as described in item 2 or 3 of the scope of patent application, Among them, this paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -3-528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 ____ 6. Scope of patent application (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The aforementioned operation department, The first operation unit is provided with a first operation unit for setting the operation state of the refrigerator, and the second operation unit controls the setting state of each of the refrigerator and the storage room; the first operation unit is provided with means for changing the cold air wind direction Operation control button. 6. The refrigerator according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the operation section is provided with a first operation section for setting an operation state of the refrigerator, and a setting state that controls each of the refrigerators to a storage room. A second operation section; the first operation section is provided with an operation button for performing operation control of the cold air wind direction changing means. 7. The refrigerator according to item 2 or 3 of the scope of patent application, wherein the display unit is provided with a first display unit that displays an operating state of the refrigerator, and displays a setting state of each storage compartment constituting the refrigerator. A second display section and a third display section; and the operating state of the cold air wind direction changing means is displayed on the first display section. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 8. The refrigerator as described in item 4 of the scope of patent application, wherein the display section is provided with a first display section for displaying the operation status of the refrigerator, and a display for constituting electricity The second display section and the third display section of each refrigerator and the setting state of the storage room; the operation state of the cold air wind direction changing means is displayed on the first display section. · 9 · A refrigerator equipped with: the size of the front part of the refrigerator door is applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) Γ7Ί: 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Application scope (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) And set the most operation switches of the majority of operation functions, and the sound device with a horn to notify the majority of operation functions by sound, and control according to the setting of the aforementioned operation switches The cooling operation of the refrigerator and the control device of the sound device are characterized in that the control device is made to use the speaker to report and control the contents of various operation functions set by the operation switch. Means of sound control. 1 〇. The refrigerator according to item 9 of the scope of patent application, wherein the refrigerator is provided with a display portion that is disposed on the front portion of the refrigerator door and displays a plurality of operating functions, and is based on the setting of the operation switch. As a control device for controlling the display unit and the sound device, the structure of the control unit is made so as to display the display content corresponding to the set and various operation functions on the display unit. A display control means for controlling and a sound control means for controlling the sound content of each set operating function by using the above-mentioned speaker to notify by sound. 11. The refrigerator described in item 9 of the scope of patent application, in which the former consumer intelligence cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed the voice control means, which performs the voice notification of the start content of each operating function when the aforementioned settings are made, It also reports the end of each operation function after a predetermined time has passed from this setting. 12. — A refrigerator comprising a plurality of storage rooms capable of storing food, a plurality of operation switches disposed on a front portion of the refrigerator door and capable of setting a plurality of operating functions, and a sound notification The sound device of many operating horns and the control of this paper according to the setting of the aforementioned operation switch are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 father 297 public ^ 1: printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848) A8 B8 C8 D8 6. The cooling operation of the refrigerator and the control device of the sound device in the scope of the patent application, wherein the plurality of storage rooms have a plurality of specific storage rooms that can be switched to a plurality of operating functions for cooling. The operation opening relationship can set a plurality of switches of the specific storage function of the specific storage room; the control device is made to report the sound content of each of the set operation functions specifically by using the aforementioned speaker to announce the sound Means of controlling sound control 1 3 · As described in item 12 of the scope of patent application The refrigerator includes a display portion disposed on a front portion of the refrigerator door and displaying a plurality of operating functions; and a control device that controls the display portion and the sound control device according to the setting of the operation switch, The specific storage room includes a switching room that can be switched to be cooled from a refrigerating operation to a freezing operation in a plurality of temperature zones, and the display unit displays the contents of the plurality of operating functions of the switching room in a plurality of ranges. The control device has a structure in which a display control means for controlling and displaying the display content corresponding to each operation function of the switching room is displayed in each range of the display section, and has a display control means The sound control means for controlling the sound content of each of the set operating functions will be described in detail by using the aforementioned horn for sound notification and control. · 1 4. A refrigerator, which is characterized in that it has a controller arranged on a refrigerator door ^ 1 scale applies Chinese National Standard (〇 奶) 8 4 specifications (210 \ 297 mm) 7 Ζ '(Read the back of the precautions to fill out this page) 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 ~ " 一 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 前面部且設定多數個運轉機能之多數個的操作開關,和具 有以聲音將多數個運轉機能加以報知的喇队之蜂鳴器.,和 依據則述操作開關的設定將前述聲音裝置以及前述蜂鳴器 加以控制之控制裝置;其中, 前述控制裝置,係具有:將有關於被設定在各項運轉 機能上的內容用前述喇叭製作成以聲音報知加以控制之聲 音控制手段;和製作成在該聲音報知之前以蜂鳴器的聲音 報知而加以控制之蜂鳴器控制手段。 1 5. —種電冰箱,其特徵爲:具備被配置在電冰箱門的 前面部且設定多數個運轉機能之多數個的操作開關,和具 有用聲音將多數個運轉機能加以報知的喇叭之聲音裝置, 和依據前述操作開關的設定來控制前述電冰箱的冷卻運轉 以及前述聲音裝置之控制裝置;其中, 前述操作開關係設定運轉機能以及聲音報知的開啓關 閉之裝置; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 前述控制裝置係具有用喇叭將以聲音報知關於被設定 的各項運轉機能的內容加以開啓關閉控制之聲音控制手 段。 16.如專利申請範圍第15項所記載之電冰箱,其中,前 述操作開關係利用同一開關之按下時間的長短來選擇是聲 音報知的設定或是運轉功能的設定; 前述控制裝置,其結構係被製作爲:具有當運轉機能 被設定時,製作成將關於該運轉機能的內容用喇叭加以聲 音報知而予以控制,且聲音報知係當被設定時將前述用喇 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -7 - 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 々、申請專利範圍 叭報知聲音加以開啓關閉之聲音控制手段。 1 7 ·如專利申請範圍第丨5項所記載之電冰箱,其中,備 有用蜂鳴音來報知的蜂鳴器,依據前述操作開關的設定, 作爲控制前述聲音裝置以及前述蜂鳴器之控制裝置,前述 操作開關係設定運轉機能和聲音報知以及蜂鳴器聲音報知 之裝置; 前述控制裝置,其結構係被製作爲··具有當運轉機能 被設定時,製作成將關於該運轉機能的內容用喇叭加以聲 音報知而予以控制,且聲音報知爲當被設定時將前述用喇 叭報知聲音加以開啓關閉之聲音控制手段。 1 8. —種電冰箱,其特徵爲:具備被配置在電冰箱門的 前面部且設定多數個運轉機能之多數個的操作開關,和被 配置在電冰箱門的前面部且可顯示複數個的運轉機能之顯 示部,和具有可將複數種的運轉機能用聲音報知的喇叭之 聲音裝置,和根據前述操作開關的設定來控制電冰箱的冷 卻運轉、前述顯示部以及前述聲音裝制之控制裝置;其 中,前述控制裝置,係具備控制電冰箱的冷卻運轉之主微 電腦控制、和控制前述顯示部及前述聲音裝置之操作部微 電腦控制;前述主微電腦控制,係配置於電冰箱本體部且 以前述操作開關根據被設定的運轉機能而具有控制電冰箱 的冷卻運轉之冷卻運轉控制手段;前述操作部微電腦控 制,係具有將對應於被設定的運轉機能的表示機能以前述 顯示部用來顯示而予以控制的表示控制手段。 19.如專利申請範圍第1 8項所言己載之電冰箱,其中,具 --------II (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -8 - 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 備有:前述操作開關、前述顯示部、前述聲音裝置、以及 搭載前述控制裝置的操作基板;前述操作基板,係將前述 操作開關和前述顯示部搭載在操作基板前面側上,並且將 構成前述聲音裝置之聲音合成ic和操作部微電腦控制搭載 在操作基板顯示部相反側上。 20.—種電冰箱,其特徵爲:具備被配置在電冰箱門的 前面部且設定多數個運轉機能之多數個的操作開關,和被 配置在電冰箱門的前面部且可顯示複數個的運轉機能之顯 示部,和具有可將複數種的運轉機能用聲音報知的喇叭之 聲音裝置,和根據前述操作開關的設定來控制電冰箱的冷 卻運轉、前述顯示部以及前述聲音裝置之控制裝置;其 中,前述控制開關,係具有:當運轉機能被設定時,會顯 示出相關的運轉機能內容,且當展示機能被設定時,可以 顯示出關於展示機能的內容而加以控制之顯示控制裝置; 和當運轉機能被設定時,會用前述喇叭以聲音來報知關於 其運轉機能的內容聲音控制裝置,且當展示機能被設定 時,可以製作成用喇叭以聲音報知關於展示機能的內容而 加以控制之聲音控制裝置。 21 ·如專利申請範圍第20項所記載之電冰箱,其中,前 述聲音控制手段,係當展示機能被設定時,擊作成將關於 展示機能的內容,以比關於運轉機能的聲音報知還要大的 音量,利用聲音報知來予以控制。 22.—種電冰箱,其特徵爲:具備有:設定多數個運轉 機能及鎖鈕機能之多數個的操作開關,和具有可將複數種 本^張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) :— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝· 、1Τ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 的運轉機能及鎖鈕機能用聲音報知的喇叭之聲音裝置,和 根據前述操作開關的設定來控制電冰箱的冷卻運轉以及前 述聲音裝置之控制裝置.;其中,前述控制裝置,係具有: 當運轉機能及鎖鈕機能被設定時,將其相關的運轉機能及 鎖鈕機能用喇叭發出聲音來報知之聲音控制手段。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application ~ " First (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The front of the operation switch with the majority of the operating functions set, and the operation of the majority with sound The buzzer of the raiders that reports the function, and the control device that controls the sound device and the buzzer according to the setting of the operation switch; wherein the control device includes: The contents of various operating functions are made by the aforementioned speakers into sound control means controlled by sound notification; and buzzer control means controlled by sound notification by buzzer before the sound notification. 1 5. A refrigerator comprising: a plurality of operation switches disposed on a front portion of a refrigerator door and setting a plurality of operating functions; and a sound of a horn for informing a plurality of operating functions by sound Device, and a control device for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the sound device according to the setting of the operation switch; wherein, the operation opening relationship setting operation function and a device for turning on and off of sound notification; consumption by employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The cooperative device printed by the cooperative has a sound control means for turning on and off the contents of various operating functions that are notified by sound using a speaker. 16. The refrigerator according to item 15 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned operation-on relationship uses the length of the same switch's pressing time to select the setting of sound notification or the setting of the operation function; the control device, its structure The system is made to: when the operation function is set, it is made to control the content of the operation function with a horn to announce the sound, and the sound notification is to set the aforementioned Rabin paper size to the Chinese national standard when it is set (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -7-528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 々. Patent application scope. Sound control means to report sounds to be turned on and off. 1 7 · The refrigerator described in item 5 of the patent application scope, wherein a buzzer for reporting by a buzzer sound is provided, which is used to control the sound device and the buzzer according to the setting of the operation switch. Device, the operation opening relationship setting device for operating function and sound notification, and buzzer sound notification device; the control device is structured so that, when the operation function is set, it is made to include content regarding the operation function Use the horn for sound notification and control, and the sound notification is the sound control means for turning on and off the horn notification sound when it is set. 1 8. A refrigerator comprising: an operation switch disposed on a front portion of a refrigerator door and setting a plurality of operating functions; and a refrigerator disposed on a front portion of the refrigerator door and capable of displaying a plurality of operation switches A display unit for operating function, a sound device having a horn capable of announcing a plurality of operating functions by sound, and a cooling operation of the refrigerator controlled according to the setting of the operation switch, the display unit, and the control of the sound device The control device is provided with a main microcomputer control for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator, and an operation part for controlling the display section and the sound device. The main microcomputer control is provided in the refrigerator body and is The operation switch is provided with a cooling operation control means for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator according to the set operation function; the microcomputer control of the operation section is provided with a display function corresponding to the set operation function to be displayed on the display section; Control means control means. 19. As stated in item 18 of the scope of patent application, the refrigerator is included, with -------- II (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size printed by the consumer cooperative is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) -8-528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. The scope of the patent application includes: the aforementioned operation switch, the aforementioned display section, the aforementioned sound device, and The operation substrate on which the control device is mounted; the operation substrate includes the operation switch and the display portion mounted on the front side of the operation substrate, and the sound synthesis IC and the operation portion microcomputer control constituting the sound device are mounted on the operation substrate display portion On the opposite side. 20. A refrigerator comprising: an operation switch disposed on a front portion of a refrigerator door and setting a plurality of operating functions; and a refrigerator disposed on a front portion of the refrigerator door and capable of displaying a plurality of A display section of the operation function, a sound device having a horn capable of notifying a plurality of operation functions with sound, and a control device for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator according to the setting of the operation switch, the display section and the control device of the sound device; Wherein, the aforementioned control switch includes: a display control device that displays relevant operation function content when the operation function is set, and displays and controls the content of the display function when the display function is set; and When the operating function is set, the aforementioned speaker will be used to announce the content of its operating function with a sound. The sound control device, and when the display function is set, it can be made to use the speaker to announce the content about the displayed function and control it. Sound control device. 21 · The refrigerator according to item 20 of the scope of patent application, wherein the sound control means is configured to display the content of the display function more than the sound of the operation function when the display function is set. The volume can be controlled by voice notification. 22.—A type of refrigerator, which is characterized by having: an operation switch for setting a plurality of operation functions and a plurality of lock button functions, and having a plurality of books which can be applied to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210X297 mm): — (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). Installation, 1T Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 528848 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Operating functions and lock buttons for patent applications The sound device of the speaker functioning with sound notification, and the control device for controlling the cooling operation of the refrigerator and the control device of the sound device according to the setting of the operation switch; wherein the control device has: when the operation function and the lock button function are When setting, the related operation function and lock function can be informed by the sound control means of the speaker. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -10- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)
TW090118486A 2000-08-29 2001-07-27 Refrigerator TW528848B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000264489A JP2002071256A (en) 2000-08-29 2000-08-29 Refrigerator
JP2000261210A JP3512377B2 (en) 2000-08-30 2000-08-30 refrigerator

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW528848B true TW528848B (en) 2003-04-21

Family

ID=26598809

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW090118486A TW528848B (en) 2000-08-29 2001-07-27 Refrigerator

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR100406095B1 (en)
CN (1) CN100473926C (en)
TW (1) TW528848B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI645147B (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-12-21 夏普股份有限公司 Refrigerator
TWI669476B (en) * 2017-11-09 2019-08-21 日商三菱電機股份有限公司 Ice dispenser and refrigerator-freezer

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8353177B2 (en) 2004-09-27 2013-01-15 Whirlpool Corporation Apparatus and method for dispensing ice from a bottom mount refrigerator
KR100619757B1 (en) * 2004-11-09 2006-09-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator with basket rise and fall unit and moving control method of the basket rise and fall unit
US7340914B2 (en) 2005-01-03 2008-03-11 Whirlpool Corporation Refrigerator with a water and ice dispenser having a retractable ledge
US7337620B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2008-03-04 Whirlpool Corporation Insulated ice compartment for bottom mount refrigerator
US7726148B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2010-06-01 Maytag Corporation Refrigerator ice compartment seal
US7607312B2 (en) 2005-05-27 2009-10-27 Maytag Corporation Insulated ice compartment for bottom mount refrigerator with temperature control system
CN102052818A (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-11 泰州乐金电子冷机有限公司 Method and device for setting frequency-variable refrigerator
KR101813030B1 (en) * 2010-12-29 2017-12-28 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator
JP2013250006A (en) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-12 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Refrigerator
JP6296675B2 (en) * 2012-08-28 2018-03-20 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
CN106152683A (en) * 2015-04-17 2016-11-23 苏州三星电子有限公司 A kind of refrigerator with locking function
JP6723828B2 (en) * 2016-05-31 2020-07-15 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
KR102016206B1 (en) * 2017-02-03 2019-10-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator comprising sliding water-cultivating-space
CN106885426A (en) * 2017-04-17 2017-06-23 安徽中科都菱商用电器股份有限公司 A kind of space wind EGR of medical refrigerator
CN110044115A (en) * 2018-01-16 2019-07-23 众智光电科技股份有限公司 Refrigerator
CN110942711B (en) * 2018-09-21 2021-07-23 合肥海尔电冰箱有限公司 Display device for displaying refrigerator and display method thereof

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR910020404A (en) * 1990-05-11 1991-12-20 강진구 Refrigerator with self diagnostic function
KR970028337A (en) * 1995-11-30 1997-06-24 배순훈 Refrigerator with the function of displaying the expiration date of food
JP3052351U (en) * 1997-08-07 1998-09-25 豊 畑 Input and display device on storage door
KR100213904B1 (en) * 1997-08-26 1999-08-02 윤종용 Apparatus and method for displaying temperature of refrigerator having multi-function chamber
JP2001059673A (en) * 1999-08-20 2001-03-06 Hitachi Ltd Refrigerator
KR100377617B1 (en) * 2001-05-16 2003-03-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Air circulation system of Refrigerator

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI645147B (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-12-21 夏普股份有限公司 Refrigerator
TWI669476B (en) * 2017-11-09 2019-08-21 日商三菱電機股份有限公司 Ice dispenser and refrigerator-freezer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20020017974A (en) 2002-03-07
CN100473926C (en) 2009-04-01
KR100406095B1 (en) 2003-11-14
CN1340685A (en) 2002-03-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW528848B (en) Refrigerator
CA2409744C (en) Mullion assembly for refrigerator quick chill and thaw pan
US7665326B2 (en) Drawer appliance
USRE40151E1 (en) Merchandiser for warm and cold foods
JP3739261B2 (en) refrigerator
JP2002168554A (en) Showcase and open showcase
JP2002071256A (en) Refrigerator
JP3512377B2 (en) refrigerator
JP5272747B2 (en) refrigerator
JP2004012128A (en) Refrigerator
JP3808298B2 (en) refrigerator
JP5538055B2 (en) Showcase
CN211459591U (en) Cold and hot integrative intelligent sales counter
WO2016189856A1 (en) Refrigerator
KR101429597B1 (en) Cold, Warm Storage Open Showcase
JP5277760B2 (en) refrigerator
JPH06129761A (en) Cold/warm storage chamber
NZ548130A (en) Refrigerated drawer appliance divided into two compartments for independent cooling
JP6564641B2 (en) refrigerator
JP3889664B2 (en) Showcase
JP2024033514A (en) refrigerator
JPH0814728A (en) Cooler
JPH07280421A (en) Warning device for cooling system
KR20170049099A (en) Night cover automatically open and close methods and devices for automatically opening and closing the open showcase
JPH1186113A (en) Vending machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees